O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA
DEPARTMENT OF CONSERVATION AND NATURAL RESOURCES
HARRISBURG, PENNSYLVANIA
BID DOCUMENTS
HVAC FOR DISTRICT OFFICE AND PIPE REPAIR
ELK STATE FOREST
SHIPPEN TOWNSHIP
CAMERON COUNTY, PENNSYLVANIA
CONTRACT NO. FDC-013-100445.4
D
BI
DESIGN PROFESSIONALS
BUREAU OF FACILITY DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION
RACHEL CARSON STATE OFFICE BUILDING
400 MARKET STREET
HARRISBURG, PENNSYLVANIA
ISSUED:
April 16, 2014
BID OPENING:
May 13, 2014
2:00 p.m., Local Time
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page Number
Title
COVER
i to ii
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
TABLE OF CONTENTS
BID INSTRUCTIONS
BI-1 to BI-5
BID FORM
BF-1 to BF-10
GENERAL CONDITIONS
GC-1
LIST OF DRAWINGS
LD-1
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS
No.
SR-1 to SR-13
Title
Page Number
1. Definitions
SR-1
2. Qualification of Bidders
SR-1
3. Nondiscrimination/Sexual Harassment Clause
SR-1 to SR-2
4. Contractor Integrity Provisions
SR-3 to SR-7
5. Certified Minority and Women Business Utilization
6. Assignments and Subcontracts
SR-7
SR-7 to SR-8
7. Notice to Proceed
SR-8
8. Surety Bonds
SR-8 to SR-9
9. Pennsylvania Electronic Payment Program
SR-9
10. Payment Only In Accordance With Contract
SR-10
SR-10 to SR-11
12. Permits
SR-11 to SR-13
BI
11. Right-To-Know Law
D
PREVAILING MINIMUM WAGE PREDETERMINATION
i
PMW-1 to PMW-22
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Title
DIVISION
DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Page Number
Section 01100 SUMMARY OF WORK
01100-1
01100-7
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
Section 01340 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA,
AND SAMPLES
01340-1
01340-4
Section 01400 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
01400-1
01400-4
Section 01620 STORAGE AND PROTECTION
01620-1
01620-2
Section 01705 MOBILIZATION AND DEMOBILIZATION
01705-1
01705-2
Section 01780
CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
01780-1
01780-5
Section 01820
DEMONSTATION AND TRAINING
01820-1
01820-4
DIVISION 7
THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
Section 07840
FIRE STOPPING
07840-1
07840-3
Section 07900
JOINT SEALERS
07900-1
07900-4
16050-1
16050-2
16060-1
16060-4
Section 16070 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
16070-1
16070-2
Section 16075 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
16075-1
16075-7
Section 16123 BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE
16123-1
16123-10
Section 16131
CONDUIT
16131-1
16131-11
Section 16138
BOXES
16138-1
16138-3
Section 16145 LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES
16145-1
16145-7
Section 16155 EQUIPMENT WIRING
16155-1
16155-3
Section 16411 ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS
16411-1
16411-6
16412-1
16412-5
Section 16443 PANEL BOARDS
16443-1
16443-6
Section 16491
16491-1
16491-3
DIVISION 16 ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION
Section 16050
MINOR ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION
Section 16060 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR
BI
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
D
Section 16412
ENCLOSED SWITCHES
FUSES
END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS
ii
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA
DEPARTMENT OF CONSERVATION AND NATURAL RESOURCES
HARRISBURG, PENNSYLVANIA
BID INSTRUCTIONS
Sealed bids for HVAC for District Office and Pipe Repair, Elk State Forest, Shippen
Township, Cameron County, Pennsylvania, Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4, will be
received by the Department of Conservation and Natural Resources, Office of Chief Counsel,
7th Floor, Rachel Carson State Office Building, 400 Market Street, Harrisburg,
Pennsylvania 17101-2301, until 2:00 p.m., Local Time, May 13, 2014, at which time the said
proposals will be publicly opened and read at the same location.
2.
Bids must be submitted in envelopes furnished by the Department, and the envelopes must be
sealed.
3.
Bid Documents may be obtained by telephone requests to 717-787-5055 or over the counter sales
in the Construction Management Section, 8th Floor, Rachel Carson State Office Building,
400 Market Street, Harrisburg, Pennsylvania. The cost of these documents is Eight Dollars
($8.00) per CD and payment shall be by American Express, Discover, MasterCard or Visa Credit
Cards only.
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
1.
NOTE: Bid Documents need not be returned and payment will not be refunded.
Bid Documents may be reviewed free of charge during normal working hours, (8:00 a.m. to
4:00 p.m.) in the Department of Conservation and Natural Resources, Division of Field
Engineering, 8th Floor, Rachel Carson State Office Building, 400 Market Street, Harrisburg,
Pennsylvania, or at the, Office of Parks and Forestry, Sizerville State Park, 199 E. Cowley
Run Road, Emporium, Pennsylvania.
5.
Work included under this contract consists of providing electrical power to new HVAC
equipment, adding breakers to electrical panel, and minor electrical demolition.
6.
The Commonwealth reserves the right to reject any and all bids and to waive any informalities,
defects or irregularities in the bids.
7.
The right is reserved, as the interests of the Commonwealth may require, to revise or amend the
Bid Documents prior to the date set for opening of bids. Such revisions will be announced by
Addenda to the Bid Documents. Copies of all such Addenda issued will be sent to all parties
receiving copies of the Bid Documents and must be submitted with bid.
D
BI
4.
8.
The Commonwealth of Pennsylvania is an “Equal Opportunity Employer” and requires
conformance with all state and federal laws prohibiting discrimination in hiring or employment
opportunities. No contract will be awarded to a bidder who has been debarred from bidding
because of failure to comply with the Nondiscrimination Clause included in the General
Conditions.
BI-1
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
9.
SMALL BUSINESS CERTIFICATION AND SMALL DIVERSE BUSINESS MPLS:
Responsive bidders must hold a current small business certification from PA Department
of General Services (DGS) Failure to meet this requirement may be cause for rejection. Enter
the DGS Small Business Certificate Number on bid form signature page where indicated.
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
SMALL DIVERSE BUSINESS MPLS:
Small Diverse Business MPLs are not required for this contract.
10.
INTERPRETATIONS TO BIDDERS: Any explanation desired by prospective bidders
regarding the meaning or interpretation of the drawings and specifications must be requested in
writing in sufficient time to allow for a reply to reach them before the submission of bids. Oral
explanation or instructions given before the award of the contract will not be binding. Any
official interpretation made will be in the form of an addendum to the specifications or drawings
and will be furnished to all bidders and its receipt by the bidder shall be acknowledged.
The Contractor shall direct any questions regarding the technical specifications and/or the
drawings to Kathleen Rhoten, P.E. at 717-705-5350. All other questions shall be directed to the
Construction Management Section at 717-787-5055.
SITE CONDITIONS: Prospective Bidders should visit the site to ascertain pertinent local
conditions readily determined by inspection and inquiry, such as the location, accessibility and
general character of the site, labor conditions, the character and extent of existing work within or
adjacent thereto, and any other work being performed thereon.
12.
QUALIFICATIONS OF BIDDERS: Before a bid is considered for award, the bidder may be
requested by the Department to submit a statement of facts in detail as to his previous experience
in performing similar or comparable work, and of his business and technical organization,
financial resources, and equipment available for performing the contemplated work. (Also see
Item No. 24, “CONTRACT COMPLIANCE”.)
13.
BID GUARANTY: All bids must be accompanied by a certified check or cashier’s check drawn
to the order of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania (or a Bid Bond on the Department’s Bid
Bond Form, executed by the Bidder and a Surety Company) of at least ten percent (10%) of the
total bid price as a guaranty. Where security is required, failure to submit the guaranty with
the bid may be cause for rejection. The bidder shall furnish security of the type specified in the
Bid Form.
In case security is in the form of a certified check or cashier’s check, the Department may make
such disposition of the same as will accomplish the purpose for which submitted. Checks may
be held uncollected at the bidder’s risk. Checks or bid bonds furnished as security by
unsuccessful bidders will be returned as soon as practicable after the opening and/or award.
D
BI
11.
14.
PREPARATION OF BIDS:
(a)
Bids shall be submitted on the Bid Form furnished, and must be manually signed. If
erasures or other changes appear on the forms, each such Erasure or Change must be
initialed by the person signing the bid. The bidder should retain the Bid Document
Booklet which contains the bidder’s copy of the Bid Form.
BI-2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
The Bid Form will provide space for quotation of a price, or prices, for one or more items
which may be lump sum bids or unit prices, resulting in a bid on a unit or a schedule of
construction, or a combination thereof. Where required on the Bid Form, bidders must
quote on all items and they are advised that failure to do so may disqualify the bid. When
quotations on all schedules or alternates are not required, bidders should insert the words
“no bid” in the space provided for any item on which no quotation is made. Alternate
bids will not be considered unless specified in the Bid Form. Telegraphic bids will not be
considered. Modification by telegraph of bids already submitted will be considered if
received prior to the time of opening fixed in the Invitation for Bids. Telegraphic
modification shall not reveal the amount of the original or revised total bid.
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
(b)
15.
SUBMISSION OF BIDS: Bids must be submitted as directed on the Bid Form. A copy of all
Addenda may be required to be signed and attached to the Bid Form. If your bid has been
delivered prior to receiving an Addendum, telegraphic notification of revision of bid or
notification of receipt of the Addendum will be acceptable.
16.
RECEIPT AND OPENING OF BIDS:
(a) Bids will be submitted prior to the time fixed in the Invitation for Bids and Bid Form. Late
bids will not be considered.
(b) No responsibility will attach to any employee of the Department for the premature opening
of, or the failure to open, a bid not properly addressed and identified or for any reason
whatsoever.
(c) Bidders are advised that all mailed bids are processed through a central processing
location for the Commonwealth. Bidders are advised to allow sufficient time for the
bids to arrive at the Issuing Office.
It is suggested that bids be delivered through an overnight delivery service so that the time
and date of delivery is recorded. This will ensure that a bid received at the central processing
location prior to the bid opening time and date will be considered timely received.
However, even if overnight delivery is used, Bidder is still responsible for ensuring that the
bid is received at the time and location specified. Failure to ensure that bids are received on
time will result in the bid being rejected as late and returned to the bidder unopened.
D
BI
17.
18.
WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS: Bids may be withdrawn on written, telegraphic, or telephone
facsimile request received from bidders prior to the time fixed for opening. After the bid
opening, withdrawal of bids must conform to Sections 902(d) and 512(f) of the CPC; provided
that a request to withdraw must be made in writing to the Department within two (2) business
days after the opening of bids. Supporting evidence of right to withdraw must be submitted by
the bidder to the Department within ten (10) business days after the bid opening.
ATTENDANCE AT BID OPENING: All bids will be opened and publicly read at the time and
place specified in the Invitation for Bids and Bid Form. Bidders or other interested parties may
be present at the bid opening.
BI-3
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
SUBMISSION OF MORE THAN ONE BID: If more than one bid is offered by any one party
by or in the name of his or their clerk, partner, or other person, all such bids will be rejected. A
party who has quoted prices to a bidder is not thereby disqualified from quoting prices to other
bidders or from submitting a bid directly for the work.
20.
AWARD OF CONTRACT:
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
19.
(a)
(b)
The contract will be awarded as soon as practicable to the lowest responsible bidder,
prices and other factors considered, provided his bid is reasonable and it is to the best
interest of the Department to accept it.
The Department reserves the right to waive any informality in bids received when such
waiver is in the best interest of the Department. In case of error in the extension of
prices, the unit price will govern.
(c)
The Department further reserves the right to make award for individual schedules or a
combination of schedules when such a breakdown is indicated in the Bid Form. Unless
such schedules are included in the Bid Form, only one contract will be awarded.
(d)
Standard Contract Forms are on file in the Division of Field Engineering, 8th Floor,
Rachel Carson State Office Building, 400 Market Street, Harrisburg, Pennsylvania, and
may be examined by interested contractors during regular office hours.
REJECTION OF BIDS: The Department reserves the right to reject any and all bids when such
rejection is in the best interest of the Department; to reject the bid of a bidder who has previously
failed to perform properly or complete on time contracts of a similar nature; and to reject the bid
of a bidder who is not, in the opinion of the Secretary, in a position to perform the contract. Bids
in which the bid prices are obviously unbalanced may be rejected. This includes lump sum items
such as Mobilization and Demobilization as well as unit price items.
22.
CONTRACTS AND BONDSThe bidder to whom award is made shall, within ten (10) days after
receipt of the documents, enter into a written contract with the Department and furnish
satisfactory performance and payment bonds in the penal sum of One Hundred percent (100%)
of the contract price for both the performance and payment bonds and a maintenance bond in the
penal sum of Fifty percent (50%) of the contract price. Unless the contract is executed and bonds
furnished within ten (10) days after receipt of the award letter and attached agreement, or if the
bidder fails, refuses, or neglects to return executed contract and bonds as specified, the amount of
the proposal guaranty shall be forfeited and retained in the Department as liquidated damages for
such neglect, refusal or failure. The Department may then at its option award the contract to the
next lowest bidder or re-advertise the work, to the best interest of the Department.
BI
21.
D
23.
PUBLIC WORKS EMPLOYMENT VERIFICATION ACT
The Public Works Employment Verification Act, 43 P.S. §§167.1-167.11, became effective on
January 1, 2013. As a bidder on a public works contract, you are required to comply with
Section 4 of the Act by submitting the Public Works Employment Verification Form as a
condition to being awarded the contract.
By completing the Form, you affirm that you have utilized the Federal E-Verify program to
verify the employment eligibility of all new employees hired post January 1, 2013, and that you
BI-4
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
will continue to comply with the provisions of the Act for all new hires throughout the duration
of the Contract. The Public Works Employment Verification Form and a link to the U.S.
Department of Homeland Security’s Employment Verification web site can be found on the
Department of General Services’ Construction and Public Works web page at
www.dgs.state.pa.us .
CONTRACT COMPLIANCE: The Commonwealth of Pennsylvania is an “Equal Opportunity
Employer” and requires conformance with all state and federal laws prohibiting discrimination in
hiring or employment opportunities. No contract will be awarded to a bidder who has been
debarred from bidding because of failure to comply with the Nondiscrimination Clause included
in the General Conditions.
Alfred Uzokwe, P.E.
Director
Bureau of Facility Design and Construction
Department of Conservation and Natural Resources
D
BI
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
24.
ISSUED:
April 16, 2014
BID OPENING:
BI-5
May 13, 2014
2:00 p.m., Local Time
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA
DEPARTMENT OF CONSERVATION AND NATURAL RESOURCES
HARRISBURG, PENNSYLVANIA
BID FORM
HVAC FOR DISTRICT OFFICE AND PIPE REPAIR
ELK STATE FOREST
SHIPPEN TOWNSHIP
CAMERON COUNTY, PENNSYLVANIA
CONTRACT NO. FDC-013-100445.4
D
BI
Please Note: It is the intent of the Special Requirements to conform all solicitation and
contract documents to the Act of May 15, 1998 (P.L. 358, No. 57), known as the
Commonwealth Procurement Code (62 Pa. C.S. 101 et seq.) (“CPC”). To the extent that
any requirement in any solicitation or contract document is prohibited under the CPC,
the requirements of the CPC shall control.
ISSUED:
April 16, 2014
BID OPENING:
BF-1
May 13, 2014
2:00 p.m., Local Time
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA
DEPARTMENT OF CONSERVATION AND NATURAL RESOURCES
HARRISBURG, PENNSYLVANIA
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
BID FORM
DEPOSIT AND OPENING OF BIDS
Sealed bids must be deposited in the Department of Conservation and Natural Resources, Office of
Chief Counsel, 7th Floor, Rachel Carson State Office Building, 400 Market Street, Harrisburg,
Pennsylvania 17101-2301, before 2:00 p.m., Local Time, May 13, 2014, at which time the bids will be
publicly opened and read at the same location.
IMPORTANT - Be sure to show figures in ink, sign the Bid Form and attach, if required, as a proposal
guaranty, a certified check, or cashier’s check, or a bid bond executed by the Bidder and a surety
company. If a bid bond is used, it must be on the Department’s Bid Bond Form, a copy of which is
included in the Bid Form, and executed by a corporate surety authorized to do business in
Pennsylvania. PERSONAL CHECKS, PERSONAL MONEY ORDERS, OR POSTAL MONEY
ORDERS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. Submit proposal in envelope furnished for that purpose.
BID OF
(NAME)
(ADDRESS)
To furnish all labor, equipment and materials, and to obtain all permits and licenses and to do and
perform all work in a substantial and workmanlike manner, in accordance with the General Conditions
for Construction, Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, Department of Conservation and Natural Resources,
dated 2005, including any supplements or revisions, the Special Requirements, and Technical
Specifications enclosed herein and made a part hereof, and the Cover Sheet and Drawings E-001, E-101,
E-601 titled:
HVAC FOR DISTRICT OFFICE AND PIPE REPAIR
ELK STATE FOREST
SHIPPEN TOWNSHIP
CAMERON COUNTY, PENNSYLVANIA
D
BI
This bid must be filled in by the Bidder in ink or typewritten; the unit prices written in numerals and the
extensions made by him. For the purpose of the evaluation of bids, arithmetic discrepancies will be
resolved in the following manner. Decimal points which the Department determines, in its sole
discretion, to be obviously misplaced will be corrected. In the case of discrepancy between the unit
price and extended unit price, the unit price will govern. Apparent errors in extension of unit price will
be corrected. Apparent errors in addition of lump-sum and extended prices will be corrected. The
Department will proceed on the assumption that the bidder intends his bid to be evaluated on the basis of
his unit prices, extensions and totals arrived at by resolution of arithmetic discrepancies as provided
above and the bid will be so reflected on the abstract of bids. Any omission of lump sum and/or unit
prices will be sufficient to cause rejection of a bid as informal.
BF-2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
The Department reserves the right to accept or reject any or all bids, and to waive any informalities,
defects or irregularities in the bids. Award will be made to the lowest qualified bidder as determined by
the Department.
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
More than one bid on any project from an individual, a firm or partnership, a corporation, or an
association under same or different names, will invalidate all bids from such bidders.
The right is reserved, as the interests of the Commonwealth may require, to revise or amend the Bid
Documents prior to the date set for opening of bids. Such revisions will be announced by Addenda to
the Bid Documents. Copies of all Addenda issued will be sent to all parties receiving copies of the Bid
Documents. It may be required to have a copy of all Addenda signed and attached to the Bid Form. The
Addenda are effective upon receipt and evidence of delivery may also be established by use of the postal
receipt for certified mail. If your bid has been delivered prior to receiving an Addendum, telegraphic
notification of revisions of bid or notification of receipt of Addendum will be acceptable. Be certain
your bid guaranty, if required, is adequate.
D
BI
The Commonwealth of Pennsylvania is an “Equal Opportunity Employer” and requires conformance
with all state and federal laws prohibiting discrimination in hiring or employment opportunities. No
contract will be awarded to a bidder who has been debarred from bidding because of failure to comply
with the Nondiscrimination Clause included in the General Conditions.
BF-3
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
To the Secretary
Department of Conservation and Natural Resources
Rachel Carson State Office Building
400 Market Street
Harrisburg, Pennsylvania
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
In accordance with the advertisement of the Department of Conservation and Natural Resources inviting
bids for HVAC for District Office and Pipe Repair, Elk State Forest, Shippen Township, Cameron
County, Pennsylvania, Contract No. FDC-013-100445, and in conformity with the Drawings and
Specifications on file in the office of the Department of Conservation and Natural Resources, the Bidder
hereby certifies that the Bidder is the only person(s) interested in this bid as a principal(s); that it is made
without collusion with any person, firm, or corporation; that an examination has been made of the
Drawings, General Conditions for Construction, Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, Department of
Conservation and Natural Resources, dated 2005, including any supplements or revisions, and the
Special Requirements and Technical Specifications enclosed herein and made a part hereof, and all
Addenda issued prior to the time set for opening of bids; that the Bidder has had sufficient time to
examine the site of the work; that the Bidder has had sufficient time to investigate and is satisfied as to
the condition which will be encountered and has based his bid on the Bidder’s own independent
examination and investigation; that the Bidder proposes to furnish all necessary labor, material,
equipment, tools, machines, and other means of construction necessary to perform all work under the
contract at the lump sum prices bid; that the Bidder understands that the work under this contract is
subject to change; such change to be compensated for in accordance with the Contract Documents.; that
the Bidder understands that the quantities of work, as shown herein, are approximate only and are
subject to increase or decrease, and further understands that all quantities of work, whether increased or
decreased, are to be performed at the lump sum and unit prices bid in the following schedule of prices:
SCHEDULE OF PRICES
ITEM
NO.
DESCRIPTION
ESTIMATED
QUANTITY
UNIT
UNIT
PRICE
TOTAL
Submittals and Shop Drawings
JOB
JOB
LUMP
SUM
$ ______
2.
Mobilization and Demobilization
JOB
JOB
LUMP
SUM
$ ______
3.
Storage and Protection
JOB
JOB
LUMP
SUM
$ ______
Electrical Demolition
JOB
JOB
LUMP
SUM
$ ______
Electrical Construction
JOB
JOB
LUMP
SUM
$ ______
BI
1.
D
4.
5.
TOTAL AMOUNT OF BID:
BF-4
$
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
NOTE:
Be certain to execute the signature page, BF-8
Bid results are available online after 3:30 p.m. on bid opening date
(www.dcnr.state.pa.us/facdes/fdc_BidResults.aspx).
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
It is further proposed to execute the Contract, including the bonds, in accordance with the requirements
of the General Conditions, to begin work within ten (10) days after receipt of Notice to Proceed, and to
complete the work within one hundred-eighty (180) calendar days after the official starting date.
The tenth day after receipt of Notice to Proceed shall be the official starting date unless the ten (10) day
period is extended in writing by the Secretary. It is understood that if the work is not completed within
the time above specified or such extension thereof, as shall be granted in accordance with the General
Conditions, the Contractor shall pay the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania as liquidated damages and not
as a penalty for non-completion of work, the amount of Seven Hundred-Fifty Dollars ($750) per day for
each and every calendar day thereafter until the work shall be completed and accepted.
The apparent low bidder may be requested to provide information concerning his experience,
equipment, and fiscal capability to perform construction similar to that covered by his bid.
Responsive bidders must hold a current small business certification from PA Department of
General Services (DGS)
D
BI
FAILURE TO MEET THIS REQUIREMENT MAY BE CAUSE FOR REJECTION. ENTER
DGS SMALL BUSINESS CERTIFICATE NUMBER ON BID FORM SIGNATURE PAGE
WHERE INDICATED.
BF-5
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
ANTI-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT
Project Name and Location:
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
HVAC for District Office and Pipe Repair
Elk State Forest
Shippen Township
Cameron County, Pennsylvania
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
State of
County of
The undersigned deponent deposes and says that he is the ___________________________ of the
________________________________________________________________ company; that he is
authorized to make this affidavit on behalf of said company and that the said company has not, either
directly or indirectly, entered into any agreement, participated in any collusion, or otherwise taken any
action in restraint of free competitive bidding in connection with such contract.
(Contractor)
By
(Signature)
(Typed/Printed Name)
D
BI
Sworn to and subscribed before me the undersigned notary public this ____________ day of
_______________________, 20_______.
(Notary Public)
My Commission expires
BF-6
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
RECIPROCAL LIMITATIONS ACT
BIDDER’S CERTIFICATION AS TO CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS
(To Be Enclosed As Part Of Sealed Bid)
A.
To determine if the bidder is a Pennsylvania “resident bidder” under the Act, the bidder hereby certifies that:
It
_____
is
(check one)
is not authorized to transact business in Pennsylvania
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
(1)
_____
(2)
(3)
and
did have
(check one)
.
_____
did not have a bonafide establishment for transacting business within Pennsylvania, at
which it was transacting business on the issue/mailing date shown in these Bid Documents
and
The address of bidder’s bonafide establishment for transacting business within Pennsylvania, at which it was
transacting business on the issue/mailing date shown in these Bid Documents, is as follows:
It
_____
PENNSYLVANIA ADDRESS
B.
In determining whether the bidder is a nonresident bidder from a state that gives or requires a preference to bidders
from that state, the bidder’s address, given in these Bid Documents, shall be used by the Department. If that address
is incorrect, or if no address is given, please provide the correct address in the space below:
CORRECT ADDRESS
(Bidder)
By
(Signature)
BI
(Typed/Printed Name)
D
(Title)
(Bidder: Complete all information requested on this page and return it as part of your sealed bid.)
BF-7
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
SIGNATURES
When Bidder is an Individual:*
Signature
Bidder
Printed Name
Business Telephone No.
Business Address
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
Business FAX No.
Federal Tax I.D. No.
DGS Small Business Certification No.
PA Vendor No.
*If operating under a fictitious name, the name has (has not) been registered to carry on business in Pennsylvania.
When Bidder is a Partnership:*
Bidder
Business Address
Business Telephone No.
By:**
Business FAX No.
Signature
Printed Name
Business Address
Signature
Printed Name
Business Address
Federal Tax I.D. No.
DGS Small Business Certification No.
PA Vendor No.
*If operating under a fictitious name, the name has (has not) been registered to carry on business in Pennsylvania.
**Signature required of one partner, list names and addresses of all others.
When Bidder is a Corporation:*
Bidder
Business Address
Business Telephone No.
Business FAX No.
Attest:
By:
BI
Signature
Signature
(Corporate Seal) (Corporate Secretary)
(President)
Printed Name
D
Printed Name
(Vice President)
Business Address
Business Address
Federal Tax I.D. No.
DGS Small Business Certification No.
PA Vendor No.
*The __________________________________________________________________is a corporation organized and existing under the laws
of _______________________________________, and has (has not) been registered to carry on business in Pennsylvania.
BF-8
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA
DEPARTMENT OF CONSERVATION AND NATURAL RESOURCES
BID BOND
(Please Complete All Blanks)
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we,
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
(Name and Address)
(hereinafter called the “Principal”) as Principal and
(Name and Address)
a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of
(hereinafter called the “Surety”) as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto The Commonwealth of Pennsylvania,
Department of Conservation and Natural Resources, Harrisburg, Pennsylvania (hereinafter called the “Obligee”), in
the sum of
Dollars
($ ________________________________________________) for the payment of which sum, well and truly to be
made, we, the said Principal and the said Surety, bind ourselves, our heirs, administrators, successors, and assigns,
jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
Signed and sealed with our seals this _______ day of ____________________________, 20_____.
WHEREAS the Principal has submitted a bid upon Contract No.
for
NOW, THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such that if the Principal shall not withdraw its bid prior to
the expiration of the award period after the opening of the bids and shall comply with all requirements set forth in
the Bid Documents; and if the said contract be awarded to the Principal, the Principal shall, within such time as may
be specified, enter into the contract, and, if specified, give bonds, with surety acceptable to the Obligee, covering the
faithful performance of the said contract, payment of claims for labor, material, and equipment rental, and the
remedy of defective workmanship or material for one year after the date of completion, all of which shall be
supplied on the forms as specified by said Obligee, or if the Principal shall fail to do so, pay to the Obligee the lesser
of the following amounts: 1) the amount of this bond as hereinabove set forth, or 2) the difference between (a) the
amount specified in the Principal’s bid and (b) such larger amount, being the sum of the amount for which the
Obligee may in good faith contract with another party to perform the work covered by said bid, plus, if the work is
resubmitted for bidding, the costs of printing the new contract document, required advertising, and printing and
mailing notices to prospective bidders in connection with the resubmission, then this obligation shall be void;
otherwise to remain in full force and effect.
WITNESS (OR ATTEST IF A CORPORATION)
PRINCIPAL
Signed By
Printed Name
Printed Name
Printed Title
Printed Title
D
BI
Signed By
ATTEST
SURETY
Signed By
Signed By
Printed Name
Printed Name
Printed Title
Printed Title
Note to Surety: Please attach appropriate Power-of-Attorney/Authorizing Document.
Note to Bidder: Bid Bond information must be completed on form provided.
BF-9
.
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
PUBLIC WORKS EMPLOYMENT VERIFICATION FORM
Date
Business or Organization Name (Employer) ________________________________________________
Address ____________________________________________________________________________
City _____________________________________ State _____________ Zip Code _______________
□ Contractor □ Subcontactor (check one)
Contracting Public Body _______________________________________________________________
Contract/Project No ___________________________________________________________________
Project Description ___________________________________________________________________
Project Location _____________________________________________________________________
As a contractor/subcontractor for the above referenced public works contract, I hereby affirm that as of
the above date, our company is in compliance with the Public Works Employment Verification Act
('the Act') through utilization of the federal E-Verify Program (EVP) operated by the United States
Department of Homeland Security. To the best of my/our knowledge, all employees hired post
January 1, 2013 are authorized to work in the United States.
It is also agreed to that all public works contractors/subcontractors will utilize the federal EVP to
verify the employment eligibility of each new hire within five (5) business days of the employee start
date throughout the duration of the public works contract. Documentation confirming the use of the
BI
federal EVP upon each new hire shall be maintained in the event of an investigation or audit.
I, ________________________ , authorized representative of the company above, attest that the
D
information contained in this verification form is true and correct and understand that the submission of
false or misleading information in connection with the above verification shall be subject to
sanctions provided by law.
Authorized Representative Signature
BF-10
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
GENERAL CONDITIONS
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
INCLUDED IN THESE BID DOCUMENTS, BY REFERENCE, IS THE
GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION, DEPARTMENT OF
CONSERVATION
AND
NATURAL
RESOURCES,
COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA, DATED 2005, WHICH IS
NOT ENCLOSED. THE PENNSYLVANIA DEPARTMENT OF
TRANSPORTATION SPECIFICATIONS, PUBLICATION 408, DATED
2011, WHICH MAY BE REFERENCED IN THE TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS IS ALSO NOT ENCLOSED. IF THE BIDDER
DOES NOT HAVE A COPY OR DESIRES ADDITIONAL COPIES OF
THE GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION, THEY MAY
BE OBTAINED BY ACCESSING THE DEPARTMENT’S WEB SITE
AT www.dcnr.state.pa.us/facdes/. IF THE BIDDER DESIRES A COPY
OF THE PENNSYLVANIA DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
PUBLICATION, IT MAY BE PURCHASED FROM DEPARTMENT
OF TRANSPORTATION, BUREAU OF PUBLICATION AND SALES,
17120,
5TH FLOOR, 400 NORTH STREET, HARRISBURG, PA
TELEPHONE 717-787-6746.
D
BI
SPECIAL NOTE: THE PENNSYLVANIA DEPARTMENT OF
TRANSPORTATION SPECIFICATIONS, PUBLICATION 408, DATED
2011, SECTION 100, GENERAL PROVISIONS, SECTIONS 101 THRU
112, AND APPENDIX B AND C ARE NOT INCLUDED IN THE
CONTRACT UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFICALLY REFERENCED
IN THE BID DOCUMENTS AND/OR THE TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS.
WHEN THERE ARE ANY CONFLICTS BETWEEN THE TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
408/2011
OF
THE
PENNSYLVANIA
DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION AND THE GENERAL
CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION, COMMONWEALTH OF
PENNSYLVANIA, DEPARTMENT OF CONSERVATION AND
NATURAL RESOURCES, DATED 2005, THE GENERAL
CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION, COMMONWEALTH OF
PENNSYLVANIA, DEPARTMENT OF CONSERVATION AND
NATURAL RESOURCES, DATED 2005 SHALL GOVERN.
GC-1
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
Included in these Bid Documents, by reference, are the following Drawings:
LIST OF DRAWINGS
Title
G-001
COVER SHEET
E-001
ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS, SYMBOLS, AND LEGEND
E-101
ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN
E-601
ELECTRICAL PANEL SCHEDULES
M-001
HVAC LEGEND AND SYMBOLS
M-101
HVAC FLOOR PLAN
M-102
HVAC ROOF PLAN
M-103
HVAC PIPING FLOOR PLAN
M-401
ENLARGED MECHANICAL ROOM FLOOR PLANS
AND SECTION
M-501
MECHANICAL DETAILS
M-502
MECHANICAL DETAILS
M-601
HVAC CONTROL DIAGRAMS
M-602
HVAC SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS
M-603
VAV BOX SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS AND
CONTROL DIAGRAM
M-604
EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES
M-605
EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES
M-606
HVAC CONTROL DIAGRAMS
M-607
HEATING HOT WATER DIAGRAM AND
SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS
M-608
HVAC SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS FOR AHU-2/CU-2
M-701
HVAC DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN
D
BI
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
Drawing No.
LD-1
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
The following Special Requirements supplement and/or revise the General Conditions for Construction,
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, Department of Conservation and Natural Resources, dated 2005,
hereinafter referred to as the “General Conditions.” Any provisions of these sections of the General
Conditions which are not altered by the Drawings or by these Special Requirements or by any
subsequently issued Addendum shall apply to the contract even though the Contractor’s attention is not
specifically drawn to such provisions.
It is the intent of these Special Requirements to conform all solicitation and contract documents to the
Act of May 15, 1998 (P.L. 358, No. 57), known as the Commonwealth Procurement Code (62 Pa. C.S.
101 et seq.) (“CPC”). To the extent that any requirement in any solicitation or contract document is
prohibited under the CPC, the requirements of the CPC shall control.
SPECIAL REQUIREMENT NO. 1 - DEFINITIONS
Automated Clearing House (ACH) Network. A highly reliable and efficient nationwide
batch-oriented electronic funds transfer system governed by the NACHA Operating Rules
which provide for the Interbank clearing of electronic payments for participating depository
financial institutions. The Federal Reserve and Electronic Payments Network act as ACH
Operators, central clearing facilities through which financial institutions transmit or receive
ACH entries. Under this process, a payment is transferred electronically from a
commonwealth bank account to a payee-designated bank account.
ACH Payments. Electronic remittance to Individuals or entities that are made electronically
within the banking system; eliminate the need to print and mail a check; ensure that a payee
receives payment by a specific date; provide an efficient, cost effective, and payee-friendly
means of making payments; are environmentally friendly through the reduced use of paper,
postage, office supplies, processing time, and storage space; and provide payees with an
option to receive electronic addenda.
SPECIAL REQUIREMENT NO. 2 - QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS
SMALL BUSINESS CERTIFICATION – If indicated as required in the Bid Instructions;
Responsive bidders must hold a current small business certification from PA Department of
General Services (DGS)
SPECIAL REQUIREMENT NO. 3 - NONDISCRIMINATION/SEXUAL HARASSMENT CLAUSE
BI
During the term of the Contract, The Contractor agrees as follows:
In the hiring of any employee(s) for the manufacture of supplies, performance of work, or
any other activity required under the contract or any subcontract, the Contractor, each
subcontractor, or any person acting on behalf of the Contractor or subcontractor shall not,
by reason of gender, race, creed, or color, discriminate against any citizen of this
Commonwealth who is qualified and available to perform the work to which the
employment relates.
B.
Neither the Contractor nor any subcontractor nor any person on their behalf shall in any
manner discriminate against or intimidate any employee involved in the manufacture of
D
A.
SR-1
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
supplies, the performance of work, or any other activity required under the contract on
account of gender, race, creed, or color.
The Contractor and each subcontractor shall establish and maintain a written sexual
harassment policy and shall inform their employees of the policy. The policy must
contain a notice that sexual harassment will not be tolerated and employees who practice
it will be disciplined.
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
C.
D.
The Contractor and each subcontractor shall not discriminate by reason of gender, race,
creed, or color against any subcontractor or supplier who is qualified to perform the work
to which the contracts relates.
E.
The Contractor and each subcontractor shall, within the time periods requested by the
Commonwealth, furnish all necessary employment documents and records and permit
access to their books, records, and accounts by the Department and the Bureau of Small
Business Opportunities (BSBO), for purpose of ascertaining compliance with provisions
of this Nondiscrimination/Sexual Harassment Clause. Within fifteen (15) days after
award of any contract, the Contractor shall be required to complete, sign and submit
Form STD-21, the “Initial Contract Compliance Data” form. The Contractor also shall be
required to complete, sign and submit Form STD-28, the “Monthly Contract Compliance
Report for Construction Contractors”, each month no later than the 15th of the month
following the reporting period beginning with the initial job conference and continuing
through the completion of the project. Those Contractors who have fewer than five
employees or whose employees are all from the same family or who have completed the
Form STD-21 within the past 12 months may, within the 15 days, request an exemption
from the Form STD-21 submission requirement from the Department. The Bureau of
Small Business Opportunities (BSBO) is available for technical assistance to all bidders
submitting proposals for this contract.
D
BI
Contact the Bureau of Small Business Opportunities at 717/787-7380.
correspondence to:
Bureau of Small Business Opportunities
611 North Office Building
Harrisburg, Pennsylvania 17125
Address
F.
The Contractor shall include the provisions of this Nondiscrimination/Sexual Harassment
Clause in every subcontract so that those provisions applicable to subcontractors will be
binding upon each subcontractor.
G.
The Commonwealth may cancel or terminate the contract and all money due or to
become due under the contract may be forfeited for a violation of the terms and
conditions of this Nondiscrimination/Sexual Harassment Clause. In addition, the
Commonwealth may proceed with debarment or suspension and may place the
Contractor in the Contractor Responsibility File.
SR-2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
SPECIAL REQUIREMENT NO. 4 - CONTRACTOR INTEGRITY PROVISIONS
A.
Definitions.
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
1. “Confidential information” means information that a) is not already in the public
domain; b) is not available to the public upon request; c) is not or does not become
generally known to Contractor from a third party without an obligation to maintain its
confidentiality; d) has not become generally known to the public through a act or
omission of Contractor; or e) has not been independently developed by Contractor
without the use of confidential information of the Commonwealth.
2. “Consent” means written permission signed by a duly authorized officer or employee
of the Commonwealth, provided that where the material facts have been disclosed, in
writing, by pre-qualification, bid, proposal, or contractual terms, the Commonwealth
shall be deemed to have consented by virtue of execution of this contract.
3. “Contractor” means the individual or entity that has entered into this contract with the
Commonwealth, including those directors, officers, partners, managers, and owners
having more than a five percent interest in Contractor.
4. “Financial interest” means:
(a)
Ownership of more than a five percent (5%) interest in any business; or
(b)
Holding a position as an officer, director, trustee, partner, employee, or
holding any position of management.
5. “Gratuity” means tendering, giving or providing anything of more than nominal
monetary value including, but not limited to, cash, travel, entertainment, gifts, meals,
lodging, loans, subscriptions, advances, deposits of money, services, employment, or
contracts of any kind. The exceptions set forth in the Governor’s Code of Conduct,
Executive Order 1980-18, the 4 Pa. Code §7.153(b), shall apply.
6. “Immediate family” means a spouse and any unemancipated child.
7. “Non-bid basis” means a contract awarded or executed by the Commonwealth with
Contractor without seeking bids or proposals from any other potential bidder or offeror.
D
BI
8. “Political contribution” means any payment, gift, subscription, assessment, contract,
payment for services, dues, loan, forbearance, advance or deposit of money or any
valuable thing, to a candidate for public office or to a political committee, including but
not limited to a political action committee, made for the purpose of influencing any
election in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania or for paying debts incurred by or for a
candidate or committee before or after any election.
B.
It is essential that those who seek to contract with the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania
(“Commonwealth”) observe high standards of honesty and integrity. They must conduct
themselves in a manner that fosters public confidence in the integrity of the
Commonwealth procurement process.
SR-3
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
C.
In furtherance of this policy, Contractor agrees to the following:
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
1. Contractor shall maintain the highest standards of honesty and integrity during the
performance of this contract and shall take no action in violation of state or federal laws
or regulations or any other applicable laws or regulations, or other requirements
applicable to Contractor or that governs contracting with the Commonwealth.
2. Contractor shall establish and implement a written business integrity policy, which
includes, at a minimum, the requirements of these provisions as they relate to Contractor
employee activity with the Commonwealth and Commonwealth employees, and which is
distributed and made known to all Contractor employees.
3. Contractor, its affiliates, agents and employees shall not influence, or attempt to
influence, any Commonwealth employee to breach the standards of ethical conduct for
Commonwealth employees set forth in the Public Official and Employees Ethics Act, 65
Pa.C.S. §§1101 et seq.; the State Adverse Interest Act, 71 P.S. §776.1 et seq.; and the
Governor’s Code of Conduct, Executive Order 1980-18, 4 Pa. Code §7.151 et seq., or to
breach any other state or federal law or regulation.
4. Contractor, its affiliates, agents and employees shall not offer, give, or agree or
promise to give any gratuity to a Commonwealth official or employee or to any other
person at the direction or request of any Commonwealth official or employee.
5. Contractor, its affiliates, agents and employees shall not offer, give, or agree or
promise to give any gratuity to a Commonwealth official or employee or to any other
person, the acceptance of which would violate the Governor’s Code of Conduct,
Executive Order 1980-18, 4 Pa. Code §7.151 et seq. or any statute, regulation, statement
of policy, management directive or any other published standard of the Commonwealth.
6. Contractor, its affiliates, agents and employees shall not, directly or indirectly, offer,
confer, or agree to confer any pecuniary benefit on anyone as consideration for the
decision, opinion, recommendation, vote, other exercise of discretion, or violation of a
known legal duty by any Commonwealth official or employee.
D
BI
7. Contractor, its affiliates, agents, employees, or anyone in privity with him or her shall
not accept or agree to accept from any person, any gratuity in connection with the
performance of work under the contract, except as provided in the contract.
8. Contractor shall not have a financial interest in any other contractor, subcontractor, or
supplier providing services, labor, or material on this project, unless the financial interest
is disclosed to the Commonwealth in writing and the Commonwealth consents to
Contractor’s financial interest prior to Commonwealth execution of the contract.
Contractor shall disclose the financial interest to the Commonwealth at the time of bid or
proposal submission, or if no bids or proposals are solicited, no later than Contractor’s
submission of the contract signed by Contractor.
SR-4
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
9. Contractor, its affiliates, agents and employees shall not disclose to others any
information, documents, reports, data, or records provided to, or prepared by, Contractor
under this contract without the prior written approval of the Commonwealth, except as
required by the Pennsylvania Right-to-Know Law, 65 P.S. §§ 67.101-3104, or other
applicable law or as otherwise provided in this contract. Any information, documents,
reports, data, or records secured by Contractor from the Commonwealth or a third party
in connection with the performance of this contract shall be kept confidential unless
disclosure of such information is:
a. Approved in writing by the Commonwealth prior to its disclosure; or
b. Directed by a court or other tribunal of competent jurisdiction unless the
contract requires prior Commonwealth approval; or
c. Required for compliance with federal or state securities laws or the
requirements of national securities exchanges; or
d. Necessary for purposes of Contractor’s internal assessment and review; or
e. Deemed necessary by Contractor in any action to enforce the provisions of this
contract or to defend or prosecute claims by or against parties other than the
Commonwealth; or
f. Permitted by the valid authorization of a third party to whom the information,
documents, reports, data, or records pertain: or
g. Otherwise required by law.
D
BI
10. Contractor certifies that neither it nor any of its officers, directors, associates,
partners, limited partners or individual owners has not been officially notified of, charged
with, or convicted of any of the following and agrees to immediately notify the
Commonwealth agency contracting officer in writing if and when it or any officer,
director, associate, partner, limited partner or individual owner has been officially
notified of, charged with, convicted of, or officially notified of a governmental
determination of any of the following:
a. Commission of embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery, falsification or
destruction of records, making false statements or receiving stolen property.
b. Commission of fraud or a criminal offense or other improper conduct or
knowledge of, approval of or acquiescence in such activities by Contractor or any
affiliate, officer, director, associate, partner, limited partner, individual owner, or
employee or other individual or entity associated with:
(1)
obtaining;
(2)
attempting to obtain; or
(3)
performing a public contract or subcontract.
Contractor’s acceptance of the benefits derived from the conduct shall be deemed
evidence of such knowledge, approval or acquiescence.
c.
Violation of federal or state antitrust statutes.
d. Violation of any federal or state law regulating campaign contributions.
SR-5
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
e. Violation of any federal or state environmental law.
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
f. Violation of any federal or state law regulating hours of labor, minimum wage
standards or prevailing wage standards; discrimination in wages; or child labor
violations.
g. Violation of the Act of June 2, 1915 (P.L.736, No. 338), known as the Workers’
Compensation Act, 77 P.S. 1 et seq.
h. Violation of any federal or state law prohibiting discrimination in employment.
i. Debarment by any agency or department of the federal government or by any
other state.
j. Any other crime involving moral turpitude or business honesty or integrity.
Contractor acknowledges that the Commonwealth may, in its sole discretion,
terminate the contract for cause upon such notification or when the
Commonwealth otherwise learns that Contractor has been officially notified,
charged, or convicted.
11.
If this contract was awarded to Contractor on a non-bid basis, Contractor must,
(as required by Section 1641 of the Pennsylvania Election Code) file a report of political
contributions with the Secretary of the Commonwealth on or before February 15 of the
next calendar year. The report must include an itemized list of all political contributions
known to Contractor by virtue of the knowledge possessed by every officer, director,
associate, partner, limited partner, or individual owner that has been made by:
a.
Any officer, director, associate, partner, limited partner, individual owner
or members of the immediate family when the contributions exceed an aggregate
of one thousand dollars ($1,000) by any individual during the preceding year; or
b.
Any employee or members of his immediate family whose political
contribution exceeded one thousand dollars ($1,000) during the preceding year.
D
BI
To obtain a copy of the reporting form, Contractor shall contact the Bureau of
Commissions, Elections and Legislation, Division of Campaign Finance and Lobbying
Disclosure, Room 210, North Office Building, Harrisburg, PA 17120.
12. Contractor shall comply with requirements of the Lobbying Disclosure Act, 65
Pa.C.S. § 13A01 et seq., and the regulations promulgated pursuant to that law. Contractor
employee activities prior to or outside of formal Commonwealth procurement
communication protocol are considered lobbying and subjects the Contractor employees
to the registration and reporting requirements of the law. Actions by outside lobbyists on
Contractor’s behalf, no matter the procurement stage, are not exempt and must be
reported.
SR-6
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
13. When Contractor has reason to believe that any breach of ethical standards as set
forth in law, the Governor’s Code of Conduct, or in these provisions has occurred or may
occur, including but not limited to contact by a Commonwealth officer or employee
which, if acted upon, would violate such ethical standards, Contractor shall immediately
notify the Commonwealth contracting officer or Commonwealth Inspector General in
writing.
14. Contractor, by submission of its bid or proposal and/or execution of this contract and
by the submission of any bills, invoices or requests for payment pursuant to the contract,
certifies and represents that it has not violated any of these contractor integrity provisions
in connection with the submission of the bid or proposal, during any contract negotiations
or during the term of the contract.
15. Contractor shall cooperate with the Office of Inspector General in its investigation of
any alleged Commonwealth employee breach of ethical standards and any alleged
Contractor non-compliance with these provisions. Contractor agrees to make identified
Contractor employees available for interviews at reasonable times and places. Contractor,
upon the inquiry or request of the Office of Inspector General, shall provide, or if
appropriate, make promptly available for inspection or copying, any information of any
type or form deemed relevant by the Inspector General to Contractor's integrity and
compliance with these provisions. Such information may include, but shall not be limited
to, Contractor's business or financial records, documents or files of any type or form that
refers to or concern this contract.
16. For violation of any of these Contractor Integrity Provisions, the Commonwealth may
terminate this and any other contract with Contractor, claim liquidated damages in an
amount equal to the value of anything received in breach of these provisions, claim
damages for all additional costs and expenses incurred in obtaining another contractor to
complete performance under this contract, and debar and suspend Contractor from doing
business with the Commonwealth. These rights and remedies are cumulative, and the use
or non-use of any one shall not preclude the use of all or any other. These rights and
remedies are in addition to those the Commonwealth may have under law, statute,
regulation, or otherwise.
SPECIAL REQUIREMENT NO. 5 - CERTIFIED MINORITY AND WOMEN BUSINESS
SMALL DIVERSE BUSINESS PARTICIPATION– Not applicable for this contract.
D
BI
UTILIZATION
SPECIAL REQUIREMENT NO. 6 - ASSIGNMENT AND SUBCONTRACTS
The Contractor will be required to submit to the Department, the names of all of the Subcontracts
and/or Suppliers in which the Contractor has a financial interest, and which will be utilized in the
project.
SR-7
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
The Contractor will be required to submit to the Department, copies of all subcontracts for work
to be performed on the project prior to commencement of any work by the subcontractor.
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
The Contractor shall also submit a copy of every subcontract with a Small Diverse Business to
the Department of General Service’s Bureau of Small Business Opportunities. 611 North Office
Building, Harrisburg, Pennsylvania, 17125.
For every purchase order with a Small Diverse Business Supplier or Manufacturer, the
Contractor shall submit to the Department, a copy of the purchase order to the Department. Any
purchase order for a Nonstocking Supplier must include the fee or commission paid to the
Nonstocking Supplier.
The Contractor shall identify to the Department, all work to be subcontracted, and all material
and/or equipment that will be supplied by a Small Business Supplier or Manufacture on a
separate line item on a Contract Breakdown Sheet.
SPECIAL REQUIREMENT NO. 7 - NOTICE TO PROCEED
Subsection 3.8: Delete in its entirety and substitute:
Within Ninety (90) days of the bid opening or in the case of a delayed award as described in
paragraph 3.1, 30 days of the date that the contract is awarded, the Contract shall be executed by
the Department and the successful Bidder, and the Department will issue a Notice to Proceed
unless the time shall be extended by the mutual written consent of the Department and the
successful Bidder.
D
BI
SPECIAL REQUIREMENT NO. 8 - SURETY BONDS
The Bidder to whom the Contract is awarded will be required to execute a “Performance Bond”,
covering satisfactory performance of the work contracted, in the sum of One Hundred Percent
(100%) of the amount of the Contract; a “Material and Labor Payment Bond” covering the
prompt payment in full for materials, utility services rendered, and all equipment furnished
and/or labor supplied or performed, in the prosecution of the work, also in the sum of One
Hundred Percent (100%) of the amount of the Contract; and a “Maintenance Bond” in the sum
of Fifty Percent (50%) of the Contract amount, conditioned for the Contractor’s remedy,
without cost to the Department, of any defects which develop during the remedy guarantee
period as outlined in Section 5.18, “Remedy Guarantee Period,” of these General
Conditions. All bonds must be executed by a Corporate Surety authorized to do business in the
Commonwealth. If the bonds are executed by a non-resident agent, they must be countersigned
by a resident agent registered with the Pennsylvania Department of Insurance. The same Surety
must execute all bonds and should the Surety upon such bonds become unsatisfactory to the
Department, the Contractor must promptly furnish such additional security as may be required
from time to time to protect the interests of the Department and of any individual, partnership,
joint venture, corporations or other legal entity supplying materials, utility services, equipment,
and/or labor in the prosecution of the work contemplated by the Contract. If the Contractor selects a surety company who must obtain reinsurance in another surety
company, co-suretyship, etc., by deposit with it, in pledge of conveyance to it in trust for its
SR-8
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
protection of property or by conveyance or mortgage for its protection, such reinsurance, cosuretyships, etc., will be reviewed by the Department and any costs associated with appraisals
or evaluations of pledged assets shall be borne by the Contractor. The Department in its sole
discretion will evaluate the reinsurance, co-suretyship, etc., to insure that the public is
adequately protected under the Contract. O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
In accordance with the Act of June 10, 1947 (P.L. 493), 8 P.S. 23, if the Contractor is a
corporation not incorporated in Pennsylvania, the contracting corporation and its sureties shall
not be discharged from liability on the bonds, nor the bonds surrendered, until such corporation
files with the Department a certificate from the Department of Revenue evidencing the payment
in full of all bonus taxes, penalties and interest, and a certificate from the Bureau of
Unemployment Compensation, Benefits and Allowances of the Department of Labor and
Industry, evidencing the payment of all unemployment compensation, contributions, penalties
and interest due the Commonwealth from the said contracting corporation, or any foreign
corporation, sub-contractor thereunder or for which liability has accrued but the time for
payment has not arrived.
The Contractor shall require each subcontractor to notify its subcontractors and suppliers, in
writing, that their right of recovery against the Material and Labor Payment Bond may not be
exercised unless the Prime Contractor is notified of the claim by registered or certified mail
within ninety (90) days from the last performance of labor or provision of materials. Contractor
shall furnish to the Department a copy of this notification.
SPECIAL REQUIREMENT NO. 9 - PENNSYLVANIA ELECTRONIC PAYMENT PROGRAM
The Pennsylvania Electronic Payment Program (PEPP) establishes ACH and electronic
addenda as the preferred method of payment in lieu of issuing checks and mailing
remittance advices. The Department has established that ACH shall be the required method
of payment to the Contractor. The Contractor shall be required to register with CVMU to
obtain a vendor number at:
http://www.vendorregistration.state.pa.us/cvmu/paper/default.aspx
Once a Commonwealth of PA vender number has been obtained, The Contractor shall be
required to participate in PEPP by completing the online form at:
D
BI
http://www.vendorregistration.state.pa.us/cvmu/paper/Forms/ACH-EFTenrollmentform.pdf
The Commonwealth will make contract payments through ACH. Within 10 days of award of
the contract, the Contractor must submit or must have already submitted its ACH
information within its user profile in the Commonwealth's procurement system (SRM). At
the time of submitting ACH information, the contractor will also be able to enroll to receive
remittances via electronic addenda.
I t is the responsibility of the Contractor to ensure that the ACH information contained in
SRM is accurate and complete. Failure to maintain accurate and complete information may
result in delays in payments.
SR-9
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
SPECIAL REQUIREMENT NO. 10 - PAYMENT ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH CONTRACT
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
Prior to the first progress Estimate, the Contractor shall submit for the Department’s approval, a
detailed Contract Breakdown Sheet, indicating values for line-items of the Work. The Contract
Breakdown Sheet must provide the aggregate total contract sum, divided to facilitate payments to
subcontractors, The Contract Breakdown Sheet of values shall be prepared on the form specified
by the Department and supported by such data required by the Department to substantiate its
correctness in accordance with the following:


Each item in the Cost Breakdown shall include its proper share of overhead and profit.
When more than one building or structure is included in the Contract, the Contractor
shall submit a Contract Breakdown Sheet, indicating Unit Prices for all items of Work
within the separate buildings or structures.
This Cost Breakdown, when accepted by the Department, will be used as a basis for the
Contractor’s Application for Payments. This breakdown may also be used by the Department to
determine the cost or credit to the Department resulting from the changes in the Work.
SPECIAL REQUIREMENT NO. 11 - RIGHT-TO-KNOW LAW
A.
The Pennsylvania Right-to-Know Law, 65 P.S. §§ 67.101-3104, (“RTKL”) applies to this
Contract. For the purpose of these provisions, the term “the Commonwealth” shall refer
to the contracting Commonwealth agency.
B.
If the Commonwealth needs the Contractor’s assistance in any matter arising out of the
RTKL related to this Contract, it shall notify the Contractor using the legal contact
information provided in this Contract. The Contractor, at any time, may designate a
different contact for such purpose upon reasonable prior written notice to the
Commonwealth.
C.
Upon written notification from the Commonwealth that it requires the Contractor’s
assistance in responding to a request under the RTKL for information related to this
Contract that may be in the Contractor’s possession, constituting, or alleged to constitute,
a public record in accordance with the RTKL (“Requested Information”), the Contractor
shall:
BI
1. Provide the Commonwealth, within ten (10) calendar days after receipt of written
notification, access to, and copies of, any document or information in the Contractor’s
possession arising out of this Contract that the Commonwealth reasonably believes is
Requested Information and may be a public record under the RTKL; and
D
2. Provide such other assistance as the Commonwealth may reasonably request, in order
to comply with the RTKL with respect to this Contract.
D.
If the Contractor considers the Requested Information to include a request for a Trade
Secret or Confidential Proprietary Information, as those terms are defined by the RTKL,
or other information that the Contractor considers exempt from production under the
RTKL, the Contractor must notify the Commonwealth and provide, within seven (7)
calendar days of receiving the written notification, a written statement signed by a
SR-10
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
representative of the Contractor explaining why the requested material is exempt from
public disclosure under the RTKL.
The Commonwealth will rely upon the written statement from the Contractor in denying
a RTKL request for the Requested Information unless the Commonwealth determines
that the Requested Information is clearly not protected from disclosure under the RTKL.
Should the Commonwealth determine that the Requested Information is clearly not
exempt from disclosure, the Contractor shall provide the Requested Information within
five (5) business days of receipt of written notification of the Commonwealth’s
determination.
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
E.
F.
If the Contractor fails to provide the Requested Information within the time period
required by these provisions, the Contractor shall indemnify and hold the Commonwealth
harmless for any damages, penalties, costs, detriment or harm that the Commonwealth
may incur as a result of the Contractor’s failure, including any statutory damages
assessed against the Commonwealth.
G.
The Commonwealth will reimburse the Contractor for any costs associated with
complying with these provisions only to the extent allowed under the fee schedule
established by the Office of Open Records or as otherwise provided by the RTKL if the
fee schedule is inapplicable.
H.
The Contractor may file a legal challenge to any Commonwealth decision to release a
record to the public with the Office of Open Records, or in the Pennsylvania Courts,
however, the Contractor shall indemnify the Commonwealth for any legal expenses
incurred by the Commonwealth as a result of such a challenge and shall hold the
Commonwealth harmless for any damages, penalties, costs, detriment or harm that the
Commonwealth may incur as a result of the Contractor’s failure, including any statutory
damages assessed against the Commonwealth, regardless of the outcome of such legal
challenge. As between the parties, the Contractor agrees to waive all rights or remedies
that may be available to it as a result of the Commonwealth’s disclosure of Requested
Information pursuant to the RTKL.
I.
The Contractor’s duties relating to the RTKL are continuing duties that survive the
expiration of this Contract and shall continue as long as the Contractor has Requested
Information in its possession.
BI
SPECIAL REQUIREMENT NO. 12 - PERMITS
D
The Contractor is advised that a Uniform Construction Code (UCC) Permit have been obtained for this
project. These permits are made a part of these Special Requirements. The Contractor will be required
to abide by all requirements of these permits.
SR-11
SR-12
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
D
BI
SR-13
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
D
BI
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
PREVAILING WAGES PROJECT RATES
Project Name: HVAC for District Office and Pipe Repair
Awarding Agency: DCNR
Contract Award Date: 5/13/2014
Serial Number: 14-02320
Project Classification: Building
Determination Date: 4/16/2014
Assigned Field Office: Altoona
Field Office Phone Number: 814-940-6224
Toll Free Phone Number:
Cameron County
Building
Effective
Date
Expiration
Date
Hourly
Rate
Fringe
Benefits
Total
Asbestos & Insulation Workers
8/1/2011
$32.27
$20.04
$52.31
Asbestos & Insulation Workers
8/1/2012
$33.42
$20.04
$53.46
Asbestos & Insulation Workers
8/1/2013
$32.22
$22.37
$54.59
Boilermakers
6/1/2008
$33.90
$20.06
$53.96
Boilermakers
8/1/2010
$37.52
$22.49
$60.01
Boilermakers
6/1/2011
$38.10
$24.36
$62.46
12/1/2013
$26.62
$15.84
$42.46
Bricklayers (Cement Masons)
4/1/2013
$26.62
$15.49
$42.11
Bricklayers (Cement Masons)
2/1/2014
$26.62
$16.34
$42.96
Carpenters, Drywall Hangers, Framers,
Instrument Men, Lathers, Soft Floor
Layers
Carpenters, Drywall Hangers, Framers,
Instrument Men, Lathers, Soft Floor
Layers
Carpenters, Drywall Hangers, Framers,
Instrument Men, Lathers, Soft Floor
Layers
Carpenters, Drywall Hangers, Framers,
Instrument Men, Lathers, Soft Floor
Layers
Carpenters, Drywall Hangers, Framers,
Instrument Men, Lathers, Soft Floor
Layers
6/1/2009
$24.79
$9.68
$34.47
6/1/2010
$25.33
$10.14
$35.47
6/1/2011
$25.85
$10.61
$36.46
6/1/2012
$25.98
$11.67
$37.65
6/1/2013
$26.09
$12.51
$38.60
D
BI
Bricklayer
PMW-1
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
PREVAILING WAGES PROJECT RATES
Building
Effective
Date
Expiration
Date
Hourly
Rate
Fringe
Benefits
Total
6/1/2014
$26.21
$13.35
$39.56
1/1/2010
$29.95
$12.25
$42.20
Dockbuilder, Pile Drivers
1/1/2011
$30.35
$13.10
$43.45
Dockbuilder, Pile Drivers
1/1/2012
$30.85
$13.70
$44.55
Dockbuilder, Pile Drivers
1/1/2013
$31.45
$14.20
$45.65
Dockbuilder, Pile Drivers
1/1/2014
$31.45
$15.60
$47.05
Dockbuilder, Pile Drivers
1/1/2015
$31.74
$16.57
$48.31
Dockbuilder, Pile Drivers
1/1/2016
$32.03
$17.53
$49.56
Drywall Finisher
6/1/2009
$23.87
$12.84
$36.71
Drywall Finisher
6/1/2010
$23.97
$13.74
$37.71
Drywall Finisher
6/1/2011
$24.50
$14.21
$38.71
Drywall Finisher
6/1/2012
$25.05
$14.66
$39.71
Drywall Finisher
6/1/2013
$25.63
$15.23
$40.86
Drywall Finisher
6/1/2014
$26.21
$15.80
$42.01
Drywall Finisher
6/1/2015
$26.79
$16.37
$43.16
Electric Lineman
3/1/2006
$35.15
$14.64
$49.79
12/26/2008
$33.11
$17.13
$50.24
12/25/2009
$35.61
$17.13
$52.74
12/24/2010
$38.01
$17.13
$55.14
12/23/2011
$35.76
$21.10
$56.86
12/21/2012
$37.71
$21.10
$58.81
12/21/2013
$39.71
$21.10
$60.81
1/1/2013
$42.61
$25.49
$68.10
Elevator Constructor
1/1/2014
$43.22
$27.09
$70.31
Glazier
9/1/2010
$20.38
$14.82
$35.20
Glazier
9/1/2011
$20.88
$15.32
$36.20
Glazier
9/1/2012
$21.38
$15.82
$37.20
Glazier
9/1/2013
$21.40
$16.20
$37.60
Iron Workers (Bridge, Structural Steel,
Ornamental, Precast, Reinforcing)
6/1/2010
$25.11
$21.40
$46.51
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
Carpenters, Drywall Hangers, Framers,
Instrument Men, Lathers, Soft Floor
Layers
Dockbuilder, Pile Drivers
D
BI
Electricians & Telecommunications
Installation Technician
Electricians & Telecommunications
Installation Technician
Electricians & Telecommunications
Installation Technician
Electricians & Telecommunications
Installation Technician
Electricians & Telecommunications
Installation Technician
Electricians & Telecommunications
Installation Technician
Elevator Constructor
PMW-2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
PREVAILING WAGES PROJECT RATES
Building
Effective
Date
Expiration
Date
Hourly
Rate
Fringe
Benefits
Total
6/1/2011
$25.26
$23.02
$48.28
6/1/2012
$26.28
$23.35
$49.63
6/1/2013
$26.67
$24.19
$50.86
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
Iron Workers (Bridge, Structural Steel,
Ornamental, Precast, Reinforcing)
Iron Workers (Bridge, Structural Steel,
Ornamental, Precast, Reinforcing)
Iron Workers (Bridge, Structural Steel,
Ornamental, Precast, Reinforcing)
Iron Workers (Bridge, Structural Steel,
Ornamental, Precast, Reinforcing)
Laborers (Class 01 - See notes)
$27.15
$25.44
$52.59
1/1/2012
$18.46
$10.83
$29.29
Laborers (Class 01 - See notes)
6/1/2012
$18.46
$11.16
$29.62
Laborers (Class 01 - See notes)
1/1/2013
$18.46
$11.96
$30.42
Laborers (Class 02 - See notes)
1/1/2012
$18.71
$10.83
$29.54
Laborers (Class 02 - See notes)
6/1/2012
$18.71
$11.16
$29.87
Laborers (Class 02 - See notes)
1/1/2013
$18.71
$11.96
$30.67
Laborers (Class 03 - See notes)
1/1/2012
$19.26
$10.83
$30.09
Laborers (Class 03 - See notes)
6/1/2012
$19.26
$11.10
$30.36
Laborers (Class 03 - See notes)
1/1/2013
$19.26
$11.96
$31.22
Landscape Laborer
6/1/2009
$17.20
$9.34
$26.54
Landscape Laborer
6/1/2010
$18.00
$9.34
$27.34
Landscape Laborer
6/1/2011
$18.95
$9.34
$28.29
Landscape Laborer
1/1/2012
$17.46
$10.83
$28.29
Landscape Laborer
6/1/2012
$17.20
$11.16
$28.36
Landscape Laborer
1/1/2013
$17.46
$11.96
$29.42
Marble Finisher
6/1/2009
$19.17
$10.55
$29.72
Marble Finisher
12/1/2009
$19.32
$11.05
$30.37
Marble Finisher
6/1/2010
$19.52
$11.70
$31.22
Marble Finisher
6/1/2011
$20.57
$11.85
$32.42
Marble Finisher
6/1/2012
$21.27
$11.35
$32.62
Marble Finisher
6/1/2013
$21.95
$11.65
$33.60
Marble Finisher
12/1/2013
$22.07
$11.73
$33.80
Marble Finisher
2/1/2014
$22.07
$12.23
$34.30
Marble Mason
6/1/2009
$19.42
$8.48
$27.90
Marble Mason
12/1/2009
$19.42
$8.91
$28.33
Marble Mason
12/1/2011
$19.42
$9.60
$29.02
D
BI
6/1/2014
PMW-3
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
PREVAILING WAGES PROJECT RATES
Hourly
Rate
Fringe
Benefits
12/1/2013
$19.42
$9.85
$29.27
Millwright
6/1/2011
$34.42
$15.08
$49.50
Millwright
6/1/2012
$35.89
$16.11
$52.00
Millwright
6/1/2013
$36.49
$16.76
$53.25
Millwright
6/1/2014
$37.35
$17.15
$54.50
Operators (Class 01 - see notes)
7/1/2009
$25.47
$12.63
$38.10
Operators (Class 01 - see notes)
7/1/2010
$26.37
$13.13
$39.50
Operators (Class 01 - see notes)
7/1/2011
$26.88
$13.96
$40.84
Operators (Class 01 - see notes)
8/28/2012
$27.37
$14.62
$41.99
Operators (Class 01 - see notes)
7/1/2013
$27.87
$15.17
$43.04
Operators (Class 01 - see notes)
7/1/2014
$28.37
$15.72
$44.09
Operators (Class 01 - see notes)
7/1/2015
$28.97
$16.22
$45.19
Operators (Class 01 - see notes)
7/1/2016
$29.57
$16.77
$46.34
Operators (Class 02 -see notes)
7/1/2009
$22.79
$12.63
$35.42
Operators (Class 02 -see notes)
7/1/2010
$23.69
$13.13
$36.82
Operators (Class 02 -see notes)
7/1/2011
$24.20
$13.96
$38.16
Operators (Class 02 -see notes)
8/28/2012
$24.50
$14.62
$39.12
Operators (Class 02 -see notes)
7/1/2013
$24.85
$15.17
$40.02
Operators (Class 02 -see notes)
7/1/2014
$25.20
$15.72
$40.92
Operators (Class 02 -see notes)
7/1/2015
$25.65
$16.22
$41.87
Operators (Class 02 -see notes)
7/1/2016
$26.10
$16.77
$42.87
Operators (Class 03 - see notes)
7/1/2009
$21.24
$12.63
$33.87
Operators (Class 03 - see notes)
7/1/2010
$22.14
$13.13
$35.27
Operators (Class 03 - See notes)
7/1/2011
$22.65
$13.96
$36.61
Operators (Class 03 - see notes)
8/28/2012
$22.85
$14.62
$37.47
Operators (Class 03 - see notes)
7/1/2013
$23.10
$15.17
$38.27
Operators (Class 03 - see notes)
7/1/2014
$23.35
$15.72
$39.07
Operators (Class 03 - see notes)
7/1/2015
$23.70
$16.22
$39.92
Operators (Class 03 - see notes)
7/1/2016
$24.05
$16.77
$40.82
Operators (Class 04 - Chief of Party
(Surveying and Layout))
7/1/2009
$20.84
$12.63
$33.47
Building
Expiration
Date
Total
D
BI
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
Marble Mason
Effective
Date
PMW-4
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
PREVAILING WAGES PROJECT RATES
Building
Expiration
Date
Hourly
Rate
Fringe
Benefits
Total
7/1/2010
$21.74
$13.13
$34.87
8/28/2012
$22.45
$14.62
$37.07
7/1/2013
$22.70
$15.17
$37.87
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
Operators (Class 04 - Chief of Party
(Surveying and Layout))
Operators (Class 04 - Chief of Party
(Surveying and Layout))
Operators (Class 04 - Chief of Party
(Surveying and Layout))
Operators (Class 04 - Chief of Party
(Surveying and Layout))
Operators (Class 04 - Chief of Party
(Surveying and Layout))
Operators (Class 04 - Chief of Party
(Surveying and Layout))
Operators (Class 04 - Instrument Person
(Surveying & Layout))
Operators (Class 04 - Instrument Person
(Surveying & Layout))
Operators (Class 04 - Instrument Person
(Surveying & Layout))
Operators (Class 04 - Instrument Person
(Surveying & Layout))
Operators (Class 04 - Instrument Person
(Surveying & Layout))
Operators (Class 04 - Instrument Person
(Surveying & Layout))
Operators (Class 04 - Instrument Person
(Surveying & Layout))
Operators (Class 04 - Rodman/Chainman
(Surveying and Layout))
Operators (Class 04 - Rodman/Chainman
(Surveying and Layout))
Operators (Class 04 - Rodman/Chainman
(Surveying and Layout))
Operators (Class 04 - Rodman/Chainman
(Surveying and Layout))
Operators (Class 04 - Rodman/Chainman
(Surveying and Layout))
Operators (Class 04 - Rodman/Chainman
(Surveying and Layout))
Operators (Class 04 - Rodman/Chainman
(Surveying and Layout))
Painters Class 2 (see notes)
Effective
Date
$22.95
$15.72
$38.67
7/1/2015
$23.30
$16.52
$39.82
7/1/2016
$23.65
$16.77
$40.42
7/1/2009
$19.84
$12.63
$32.47
7/1/2010
$20.74
$13.13
$33.87
8/28/2012
$21.45
$14.62
$36.07
7/1/2013
$21.70
$15.17
$36.87
7/1/2014
$21.95
$15.72
$37.67
7/1/2015
$22.30
$16.22
$38.52
7/1/2016
$22.65
$16.77
$39.42
7/1/2009
$19.39
$12.63
$32.02
7/1/2010
$20.29
$13.13
$33.42
8/28/2012
$21.00
$14.62
$35.62
7/1/2013
$21.25
$15.17
$36.42
7/1/2014
$21.50
$15.72
$37.22
7/1/2015
$21.85
$16.22
$38.07
7/1/2016
$22.20
$16.77
$38.97
6/1/2009
$21.27
$12.24
$33.51
Painters Class 2 (see notes)
6/1/2010
$21.85
$12.89
$34.74
Painters Class 2 (see notes)
6/1/2012
$22.86
$13.88
$36.74
Painters Class 2 (see notes)
6/1/2013
$23.39
$14.35
$37.74
Painters Class 2 (see notes)
6/1/2014
$23.89
$14.85
$38.74
Pile Driver Divers (Building, Heavy,
Highway)
Pile Driver Divers (Building, Heavy,
Highway)
1/1/2009
$43.28
$12.00
$55.28
1/1/2010
$44.39
$12.25
$56.64
D
BI
7/1/2014
PMW-5
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
PREVAILING WAGES PROJECT RATES
Building
Effective
Date
Expiration
Date
Hourly
Rate
Fringe
Benefits
Total
1/1/2010
$44.39
$12.25
$56.64
1/1/2011
$45.53
$13.00
$58.53
1/1/2012
$46.28
$13.60
$59.88
$47.18
$14.10
$61.28
6/1/2013
$27.37
$12.86
$40.23
Plasterers
6/1/2014
$27.67
$13.61
$41.28
Plumbers and Steamfitters
6/1/2010
$30.14
$18.83
$48.97
Plumbers and Steamfitters
1/1/2011
$29.46
$19.51
$48.97
Plumbers and Steamfitters
6/1/2011
$31.13
$19.86
$50.99
Plumbers and Steamfitters
6/1/2012
$31.99
$19.97
$51.96
Plumbers and Steamfitters
6/1/2013
$32.38
$20.57
$52.95
Plumbers and Steamfitters
6/1/2014
$32.86
$21.17
$54.03
Pointers, Caulkers, Cleaners
7/1/2009
$25.88
$13.33
$39.21
Pointers, Caulkers, Cleaners
12/1/2009
$25.98
$13.83
$39.81
Pointers, Caulkers, Cleaners
6/1/2010
$25.98
$14.33
$40.31
Pointers, Caulkers, Cleaners
12/1/2010
$26.36
$14.53
$40.89
Pointers, Caulkers, Cleaners
6/1/2011
$26.87
$14.53
$41.40
Pointers, Caulkers, Cleaners
12/1/2011
$27.10
$15.03
$42.13
Pointers, Caulkers, Cleaners
6/1/2012
$27.41
$15.23
$42.64
Pointers, Caulkers, Cleaners
12/1/2013
$28.47
$15.79
$44.26
Roofers
6/1/2013
$28.91
$12.68
$41.59
Roofers
12/1/2013
$28.74
$12.85
$41.59
Roofers
6/1/2014
$29.54
$12.88
$42.42
Roofers
6/1/2015
$27.45
$15.97
$43.42
Sheet Metal Workers
7/1/2012
$31.93
$22.69
$54.62
Sheet Metal Workers
7/1/2013
$32.45
$23.55
$56.00
Sprinklerfitters
1/1/2010
$33.85
$17.60
$51.45
Sprinklerfitters
1/1/2011
$33.35
$18.45
$51.80
Sprinklerfitters
4/1/2011
$34.18
$18.45
$52.63
Sprinklerfitters
1/1/2012
$34.18
$18.60
$52.78
D
1/1/2013
BI
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
Pile Driver Divers (Building, Heavy,
Highway)
Pile Driver Divers (Building, Heavy,
Highway)
Pile Driver Divers (Building, Heavy,
Highway)
Pile Driver Divers (Building, Heavy,
Highway)
Plasterers
PMW-6
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
PREVAILING WAGES PROJECT RATES
Effective
Date
Expiration
Date
Hourly
Rate
Fringe
Benefits
Total
4/1/2012
$35.21
$18.65
$53.86
Sprinklerfitters
1/1/2013
$35.21
$18.80
$54.01
Sprinklerfitters
4/1/2013
$33.03
$20.12
$53.15
Sprinklerfitters
7/1/2013
$33.69
$20.12
$53.81
Sprinklerfitters
4/1/2014
$34.36
$20.47
$54.83
Sprinklerfitters
4/1/2015
$35.05
$20.62
$55.67
Stone Masons
12/1/2007
$27.55
$13.47
$41.02
Stone Masons
12/1/2009
$28.92
$15.20
$44.12
Stone Masons
6/1/2010
$29.32
$15.85
$45.17
Stone Masons
12/1/2010
$29.75
$16.22
$45.97
Stone Masons
6/1/2011
$30.65
$16.22
$46.87
Stone Masons
12/1/2011
$30.97
$16.80
$47.77
Terrazzo Finisher
6/1/2009
$25.61
$12.04
$37.65
Terrazzo Finisher
12/1/2009
$25.76
$12.54
$38.30
Terrazzo Finisher
12/1/2010
$26.36
$13.19
$39.55
Terrazzo Finisher
6/1/2011
$27.06
$13.49
$40.55
Terrazzo Finisher
12/1/2011
$27.06
$13.49
$40.55
Terrazzo Finisher
6/1/2012
$27.56
$13.02
$40.58
Terrazzo Finisher
4/1/2013
$27.56
$13.27
$40.83
Terrazzo Finisher
12/1/2013
$28.45
$13.38
$41.83
Terrazzo Finisher
2/1/2014
$28.45
$13.88
$42.33
Terrazzo Finisher
2/1/2014
$28.45
$13.88
$42.33
Terrazzo Setter
12/1/2013
$28.80
$14.58
$43.38
Terrazzo Setter
2/1/2014
$28.80
$15.08
$43.88
Tile Finisher
6/1/2009
$20.77
$10.55
$31.32
Tile Finisher
12/1/2009
$20.92
$11.05
$31.97
Tile Finisher
6/1/2010
$21.12
$11.70
$32.82
Tile Finisher
6/1/2011
$22.17
$11.85
$34.02
Tile Finisher
6/1/2012
$22.87
$11.38
$34.25
Tile Finisher
6/1/2013
$23.55
$11.65
$35.20
Tile Finisher
12/1/2013
$23.67
$11.73
$35.40
BI
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
Sprinklerfitters
D
Building
PMW-7
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
PREVAILING WAGES PROJECT RATES
Building
Effective
Date
Expiration
Date
Hourly
Rate
Fringe
Benefits
Total
2/1/2014
$23.67
$12.23
$35.90
Tile Setter
6/1/2009
$26.85
$13.45
$40.30
Tile Setter
12/1/2009
$27.10
$13.95
$41.05
Tile Setter
6/1/2010
$27.40
$14.60
$42.00
Tile Setter
6/1/2011
$28.39
$15.01
$43.40
Tile Setter
6/1/2012
$28.76
$15.07
$43.83
Tile Setter
6/1/2013
$29.48
$15.40
$44.88
Tile Setter
12/1/2013
$29.56
$15.57
$45.13
Tile Setter
2/1/2014
$29.56
$16.07
$45.63
Truckdriver class 1(see notes)
1/1/2009
$24.05
$11.35
$35.40
Truckdriver class 1(see notes)
1/1/2010
$24.80
$11.95
$36.75
Truckdriver class 1(see notes)
1/1/2011
$25.31
$12.69
$38.00
Truckdriver class 1(see notes)
1/1/2012
$25.69
$13.41
$39.10
Truckdriver class 1(see notes)
1/1/2013
$26.08
$14.12
$40.20
Truckdriver class 1(see notes)
1/1/2014
$26.55
$14.90
$41.45
Truckdriver class 1(see notes)
1/1/2015
$27.00
$15.70
$42.70
Truckdriver class 1(see notes)
1/1/2016
$27.44
$16.51
$43.95
Truckdriver class 2 (see notes)
1/1/2009
$24.23
$11.44
$35.67
Truckdriver class 2 (see notes)
1/1/2010
$24.98
$12.04
$37.02
Truckdriver class 2 (see notes)
1/1/2011
$25.49
$12.78
$38.27
Truckdriver class 2 (see notes)
1/1/2012
$25.87
$13.50
$39.37
Truckdriver class 2 (see notes)
1/1/2013
$26.24
$14.23
$40.47
Truckdriver class 2 (see notes)
1/1/2014
$26.72
$15.00
$41.72
Truckdriver class 2 (see notes)
1/1/2015
$27.18
$15.79
$42.97
Truckdriver class 2 (see notes)
1/1/2016
$27.61
$16.61
$44.22
Truckdriver class 3 (see notes)
1/1/2009
$24.74
$11.69
$36.43
Truckdriver class 3 (see notes)
1/1/2010
$25.49
$12.29
$37.78
Truckdriver class 3 (see notes)
1/1/2011
$25.99
$13.04
$39.03
Truckdriver class 3 (see notes)
1/1/2012
$26.37
$13.76
$40.13
Truckdriver class 3 (see notes)
1/1/2013
$26.74
$14.49
$41.23
Truckdriver class 3 (see notes)
1/1/2014
$27.21
$15.27
$42.48
D
BI
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
Tile Finisher
PMW-8
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
PREVAILING WAGES PROJECT RATES
Building
Effective
Date
Expiration
Date
Hourly
Rate
Fringe
Benefits
Total
1/1/2015
$27.65
$16.08
$43.73
Truckdriver class 3 (see notes)
1/1/2016
$28.10
$16.88
$44.98
D
BI
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
Truckdriver class 3 (see notes)
PMW-9
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
PREVAILING WAGES PROJECT RATES
Heavy/Highway
Effective
Date
Expiration
Date
Hourly
Rate
Fringe
Benefits
Total
1/1/2009
$27.99
$12.16
$40.15
Carpenter Welder
1/1/2010
$28.94
$12.56
$41.50
Carpenter Welder
1/1/2011
$29.18
$13.57
$42.75
Carpenter Welder
1/1/2012
$29.45
$14.40
$43.85
Carpenter Welder
1/1/2013
$29.83
$15.12
$44.95
Carpenter Welder
1/1/2014
$30.68
$15.52
$46.20
Carpenter Welder
1/1/2015
$31.31
$16.14
$47.45
Carpenter Welder
1/1/2016
$32.14
$16.56
$48.70
Carpenters
1/1/2009
$27.28
$12.16
$39.44
Carpenters
1/1/2010
$28.23
$12.56
$40.79
Carpenters
1/1/2011
$28.47
$13.57
$42.04
Carpenters
1/1/2012
$28.74
$14.40
$43.14
Carpenters
1/1/2013
$29.12
$15.12
$44.24
Carpenters
1/1/2014
$29.97
$15.52
$45.49
Carpenters
1/1/2015
$30.60
$16.14
$46.74
Carpenters
1/1/2016
$31.43
$16.56
$47.99
Cement Finishers
1/1/2009
$26.72
$12.97
$39.69
Cement Finishers
1/1/2010
$27.62
$13.42
$41.04
Cement Finishers
1/1/2011
$28.02
$14.27
$42.29
Cement Finishers
1/1/2012
$28.22
$15.17
$43.39
Cement Finishers
1/1/2013
$28.60
$15.89
$44.49
Cement Finishers
1/1/2014
$29.45
$16.29
$45.74
Cement Finishers
1/1/2015
$29.60
$17.39
$46.99
Cement Finishers
1/1/2016
$29.75
$18.49
$48.24
Iron Workers (Bridge, Structural Steel,
Ornamental, Precast, Reinforcing)
Iron Workers (Bridge, Structural Steel,
Ornamental, Precast, Reinforcing)
Iron Workers (Bridge, Structural Steel,
Ornamental, Precast, Reinforcing)
Iron Workers (Bridge, Structural Steel,
Ornamental, Precast, Reinforcing)
Iron Workers (Bridge, Structural Steel,
Ornamental, Precast, Reinforcing)
Laborers (Class 01 - See notes)
6/1/2009
$24.73
$20.10
$44.83
6/1/2010
$25.11
$21.40
$46.51
6/1/2011
$25.26
$23.02
$48.28
6/1/2012
$26.28
$23.35
$49.63
6/1/2013
$26.67
$24.39
$51.06
1/1/2009
$23.20
$12.65
$35.85
D
BI
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
Carpenter Welder
PMW-10
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
PREVAILING WAGES PROJECT RATES
Heavy/Highway
Effective
Date
Expiration
Date
Hourly
Rate
Fringe
Benefits
Total
1/1/2010
$23.65
$13.55
$37.20
Laborers (Class 01 - See notes)
1/1/2011
$23.89
$14.56
$38.45
Laborers (Class 01 - See notes)
1/1/2012
$23.97
$15.58
$39.55
Laborers (Class 01 - See notes)
1/1/2013
$24.03
$16.62
$40.65
Laborers (Class 01 - See notes)
1/1/2014
$24.13
$17.77
$41.90
Laborers (Class 01 - See notes)
1/1/2015
$24.13
$19.02
$43.15
Laborers (Class 01 - See notes)
1/1/2016
$24.13
$20.27
$44.40
Laborers (Class 02 - See notes)
1/1/2009
$23.36
$12.65
$36.01
Laborers (Class 02 - See notes)
1/1/2010
$23.81
$13.55
$37.36
Laborers (Class 02 - See notes)
1/1/2011
$24.05
$14.56
$38.61
Laborers (Class 02 - See notes)
1/1/2012
$24.13
$15.58
$39.71
Laborers (Class 02 - See notes)
1/1/2013
$24.19
$16.62
$40.81
Laborers (Class 02 - See notes)
1/1/2014
$24.29
$17.77
$42.06
Laborers (Class 02 - See notes)
1/1/2015
$24.29
$19.02
$43.31
Laborers (Class 02 - See notes)
1/1/2016
$24.29
$20.27
$44.56
Laborers (Class 03 - See notes)
1/1/2009
$23.85
$12.65
$36.50
Laborers (Class 03 - See notes)
1/1/2010
$24.30
$13.55
$37.85
Laborers (Class 03 - See notes)
1/1/2011
$24.54
$14.56
$39.10
Laborers (Class 03 - See notes)
1/1/2012
$24.62
$15.58
$40.20
Laborers (Class 03 - See notes)
1/1/2013
$24.68
$16.62
$41.30
Laborers (Class 03 - See notes)
1/1/2014
$24.78
$17.77
$42.55
Laborers (Class 03 - See notes)
1/1/2015
$24.78
$19.02
$43.80
Laborers (Class 03 - See notes)
1/1/2016
$24.78
$20.27
$45.05
Laborers (Class 04 - See notes)
1/1/2009
$24.30
$12.65
$36.95
Laborers (Class 04 - See notes)
1/1/2010
$24.75
$13.55
$38.30
Laborers (Class 04 - See notes)
1/1/2011
$24.99
$14.56
$39.55
Laborers (Class 04 - See notes)
1/1/2012
$25.07
$15.58
$40.65
Laborers (Class 04 - See notes)
1/1/2013
$25.13
$16.62
$41.75
Laborers (Class 04 - See notes)
1/1/2014
$25.23
$17.77
$43.00
Laborers (Class 04 - See notes)
1/1/2015
$25.23
$19.02
$44.25
Laborers (Class 04 - See notes)
1/1/2016
$25.23
$20.27
$45.50
D
BI
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
Laborers (Class 01 - See notes)
PMW-11
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
PREVAILING WAGES PROJECT RATES
Heavy/Highway
Effective
Date
Expiration
Date
Hourly
Rate
Fringe
Benefits
Total
1/1/2009
$24.71
$12.65
$37.36
Laborers (Class 05 - See notes)
1/1/2010
$25.16
$13.55
$38.71
Laborers (Class 05 - See notes)
1/1/2011
$25.40
$14.56
$39.96
Laborers (Class 05 - See notes)
1/1/2012
$25.48
$15.58
$41.06
Laborers (Class 05 - See notes)
1/1/2013
$25.54
$16.62
$42.16
Laborers (Class 05 - See notes)
1/1/2014
$25.64
$17.77
$43.41
Laborers (Class 05 - See notes)
1/1/2015
$25.64
$19.02
$44.66
Laborers (Class 05 - See notes)
1/1/2016
$25.64
$20.27
$45.91
Laborers (Class 06 - See notes)
1/1/2009
$21.55
$12.65
$34.20
Laborers (Class 06 - See notes)
1/1/2010
$22.00
$13.55
$35.55
Laborers (Class 06 - See notes)
1/1/2011
$22.24
$14.56
$36.80
Laborers (Class 06 - See notes)
1/1/2012
$22.32
$15.58
$37.90
Laborers (Class 06 - See notes)
1/1/2013
$22.38
$16.62
$39.00
Laborers (Class 06 - See notes)
1/1/2014
$22.48
$17.77
$40.25
Laborers (Class 06 - See notes)
1/1/2015
$22.48
$19.02
$41.50
Laborers (Class 06 - See notes)
1/1/2016
$22.48
$20.27
$42.75
Laborers (Class 07 - See notes)
1/1/2009
$24.20
$12.65
$36.85
Laborers (Class 07 - See notes)
1/1/2010
$24.65
$13.55
$38.20
Laborers (Class 07 - See notes)
1/1/2011
$24.89
$14.56
$39.45
Laborers (Class 07 - See notes)
1/1/2012
$24.97
$15.58
$40.55
Laborers (Class 07 - See notes)
1/1/2013
$25.03
$16.62
$41.65
Laborers (Class 07 - See notes)
1/1/2014
$25.13
$17.77
$42.90
Laborers (Class 07 - See notes)
1/1/2015
$25.13
$19.02
$44.15
Laborers (Class 07 - See notes)
1/1/2016
$25.13
$20.27
$45.40
Laborers (Class 08 - See notes)
1/1/2009
$25.70
$12.65
$38.35
Laborers (Class 08 - See notes)
1/1/2010
$26.15
$13.55
$39.70
Laborers (Class 08 - See notes)
1/1/2011
$26.39
$14.56
$40.95
Laborers (Class 08 - See notes)
1/1/2012
$26.47
$15.58
$42.05
Laborers (Class 08 - See notes)
1/1/2013
$26.53
$16.62
$43.15
Laborers (Class 08 - See notes)
1/1/2014
$26.63
$17.77
$44.40
Laborers (Class 08 - See notes)
1/1/2015
$26.63
$19.02
$45.65
D
BI
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
Laborers (Class 05 - See notes)
PMW-12
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
PREVAILING WAGES PROJECT RATES
Heavy/Highway
Effective
Date
Expiration
Date
Hourly
Rate
Fringe
Benefits
Total
1/1/2016
$26.63
$20.27
$46.90
Operators (Class 01 - see notes)
1/1/2009
$26.09
$14.44
$40.53
Operators (Class 01 - see notes)
1/1/2010
$26.89
$14.99
$41.88
Operators (Class 01 - see notes)
1/1/2011
$27.39
$15.74
$43.13
Operators (Class 01 - see notes)
1/1/2012
$27.79
$16.44
$44.23
Operators (Class 01 - see notes)
1/1/2013
$28.19
$17.14
$45.33
Operators (Class 01 - see notes)
1/1/2014
$28.75
$17.83
$46.58
Operators (Class 01 - see notes)
1/1/2015
$29.30
$18.53
$47.83
Operators (Class 01 - see notes)
1/1/2016
$29.90
$19.18
$49.08
Operators (Class 02 -see notes)
1/1/2009
$25.81
$14.44
$40.25
Operators (Class 02 -see notes)
1/1/2010
$26.61
$14.99
$41.60
Operators (Class 02 -see notes)
1/1/2011
$27.11
$15.74
$42.85
Operators (Class 02 -see notes)
1/1/2012
$27.51
$16.44
$43.95
Operators (Class 02 -see notes)
1/1/2013
$27.91
$17.14
$45.05
Operators (Class 02 -see notes)
1/1/2014
$28.47
$17.83
$46.30
Operators (Class 02 -see notes)
1/1/2015
$29.02
$18.53
$47.55
Operators (Class 02 -see notes)
1/1/2016
$29.62
$19.18
$48.80
Operators (Class 03 - See notes)
1/1/2009
$22.17
$14.44
$36.61
Operators (Class 03 - See notes)
1/1/2010
$22.97
$14.99
$37.96
Operators (Class 03 - See notes)
1/1/2011
$23.47
$15.74
$39.21
Operators (Class 03 - See notes)
1/1/2012
$23.87
$16.44
$40.31
Operators (Class 03 - See notes)
1/1/2013
$24.27
$17.14
$41.41
Operators (Class 03 - See notes)
1/1/2014
$24.83
$17.83
$42.66
Operators (Class 03 - see notes)
1/1/2015
$25.38
$18.53
$43.91
Operators (Class 03 - See notes)
1/1/2016
$25.98
$19.18
$45.16
Operators (Class 04 - See notes)
1/1/2009
$21.68
$14.44
$36.12
Operators (Class 04 - See notes)
1/1/2010
$22.48
$14.99
$37.47
Operators (Class 04 - See notes)
1/1/2011
$22.98
$15.74
$38.72
Operators (Class 04 - See notes)
1/1/2012
$23.38
$16.44
$39.82
Operators (Class 04 - See notes)
1/1/2013
$23.78
$17.14
$40.92
Operators (Class 04 - See notes)
1/1/2014
$24.34
$17.83
$42.17
D
BI
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
Laborers (Class 08 - See notes)
PMW-13
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
PREVAILING WAGES PROJECT RATES
Heavy/Highway
Effective
Date
Expiration
Date
Hourly
Rate
Fringe
Benefits
Total
1/1/2015
$24.89
$18.53
$43.42
Operators (Class 04 - See notes)
1/1/2016
$25.49
$19.18
$44.67
Operators (Class 05 - See notes)
1/1/2009
$21.47
$14.44
$35.91
Operators (Class 05 - See notes)
1/1/2010
$22.27
$14.99
$37.26
Operators (Class 05 - See notes)
1/1/2011
$22.77
$15.74
$38.51
Operators (Class 05 - See notes)
1/1/2012
$23.17
$16.44
$39.61
Operators (Class 05 - See notes)
1/1/2013
$23.57
$17.14
$40.71
Operators (Class 05 - See notes)
1/1/2014
$24.13
$17.83
$41.96
Operators (Class 05 - See notes)
1/1/2015
$24.68
$18.53
$43.21
Operators (Class 05 - See notes)
1/1/2016
$25.28
$19.18
$44.46
Painters Class 1 (see notes)
6/1/2009
$22.27
$12.24
$34.51
Painters Class 1 (see notes)
6/1/2010
$22.95
$12.89
$35.84
Painters Class 1 (see notes)
6/1/2012
$24.21
$13.88
$38.09
Painters Class 1 (see notes)
6/1/2013
$25.99
$14.35
$40.34
Painters Class 1 (see notes)
6/1/2014
$26.54
$14.90
$41.44
Piledrivers
1/1/2009
$28.85
$12.00
$40.85
Piledrivers
1/1/2010
$29.95
$12.25
$42.20
Piledrivers
1/1/2011
$30.35
$13.10
$43.45
Piledrivers
1/1/2012
$30.85
$13.70
$44.55
Piledrivers
1/1/2013
$31.45
$14.20
$45.65
Piledrivers
1/1/2014
$31.45
$15.45
$46.90
Piledrivers
1/1/2015
$31.74
$16.41
$48.15
Piledrivers
1/1/2016
$32.03
$17.37
$49.40
Steamfitters (Heavy and Highway - Gas
Distribution)
Steamfitters (Heavy and Highway - Gas
Distribution)
Steamfitters (Heavy and Highway - Gas
Distribution)
5/1/2010
$30.27
$26.09
$56.36
5/1/2012
$34.87
$26.86
$61.73
5/1/2013
$36.02
$27.73
$63.75
D
BI
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
Operators (Class 04 - See notes)
PMW-14
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
PREVAILING WAGES PROJECT RATES
Heavy/Highway
Effective
Date
Expiration
Date
Hourly
Rate
Fringe
Benefits
Total
Notes:
If you can not find a classification under Heavy/Highway please refer to the Building classifications.
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
The Bureau of Labor Law Compliance updated its Pennsylvania Building Journeyperson Laborer Notes to clarify existing
tasks performed throughout the Commonwealth. The “Building Laborer Notes ” link on the Bureau ’s website provides a list
of those tasks that should be read in conformity with custom and usage of the construction industry in the geographic
region in which they are utilized.
D
BI
"Notes as Referenced in Predeterminations"
For further information on construction types review the
on the Labor and Industry Website. Go to www.dli.state.pa.us, scroll down to the picture labeled "Labor Law Compliance"
and click the picture. Then scroll down on the left menu and click on the "Prevailing Wage" link.
PMW-15
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
Notes for 33 County Building Common Journeyperson
Laborer
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
Allegheny, Armstrong, Beaver, Bedford, Blair, Butler, Cambria, Cameron, Centre, Clarion,
Clearfield, Clinton, Crawford, Elk, Erie, Fayette, Forest, Franklin, Fulton, Greene,
Huntingdon, Indiana, Jefferson, Lawrence, McKean, Mercer, Mifflin, Potter, Somerset,
Venango, Warren, Washington & Westmoreland
The following updates to the Bureau of Labor Law Compliance’s Pennsylvania
Building Journeyperson Laborer Notes are meant to provide a reference point for
uniformity and clarity throughout the Commonwealth. The Notes may not be
comprehensive, and should be read in conformity with the custom and usage of
the construction industry in the geographic region in which they are utilized.
THE COMMON JOURNEYPERSON LABORER CATEGORY CONTAINS CLASS 1 AND 2.
CLASS 2 JOURNEYPERSONS WILL BE DENOTED BY **.
D
BI
COMMON JOURNEYPERSON
1. Cleaning, scrubbing, washing and polishing floors, furniture and windows (including
through the use of bonding or flying cranes); For marble, granite, and terrazzo,
cleaning, scrubbing, washing, and polishing after final acceptance.
2. Demolition of interiors and removal of all debris;
3. Grading stone and dirt by hand;
4. Form pinning
5. Pouring handling, and placing of all concrete and related materials and all cure
applications;
6. Sheathing, lagging, and mining;
7. Cleaning up debris;
8. Stripping, dismantling, oiling and moving of concrete forms;
9. Loading, unloading and carrying of reinforced steel;
10. Handling and distributing lumber and all other building materials, including final
strip, and including materials used or installed by mechanical trades (e.g.,
electrician, plumber, sheet metal worker, insulator);
11. Unloading, carrying, distributing and laying of pre-cast concrete slabs and planks;
12. Wrecking, moving and demolishing underpinning and shoring of all structures;
13. Using flags and other signaling devices;
14. Performing landscaping and nursery work;
15. Serving as a Toolroom Person, hanging tools, delivering tools;
16. Cleaning precipitators;
17. Watching for fires;
18. Operating conveyors;
19. Using vacuum cleaners of all types (ride or walk-along);
20. Digging and filling holes and trenches using hand tools;
21. Driving stakes;
22. Ripping out material which is to be discarded;
23. Cleaning roof removal materials on the ground. Performs roof removal work for
demolition (Roof removal work for roof replacement is performed by roofers);
PMW-16
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
24. Operating a pressure washer;
25. Unloading, stockpiling and moving materials for carpenters.
26. Operating power buggies and pumps;**
27. Operating walk along compacting and vibrating equipment;**
28. Operating guniting machines (including potman);**
29. Operating steam jennies;**
30. Using pumps of 2” and under;**
31. Operating burning torches or burners for demolition;**
32. Blasting or assisting with blasting;**
33. Grading and building scaffolds;**
34. Using or assisting with air and hydraulic wagon drills, on or off tracks;**
35. Using walk-along or walk behind lifts and similar machines;**
36. Serving as a drill runner or drill runner’s assistant;**
37. Operating a chipping hammer or similar;**
38. Mixing mortar or operating a mortar mixing machine (regardless of power used,
including starting and stopping);
39. Feeding grout machines and operating grout pumps;**
40. Operating concrete saws;**
41. Operating air tracks or assisting;**
42. Laying on nonmetallic (clay, ironstone, terra cotta, vitrified concrete and plastic) pipe
and the making of joints for the same within five feet outside a building, or to the
first joint beyond five feet from a building;**
43. Operating jackhammers or concrete busters;**
44. Operating concrete drills and cutting equipment for trenches, flatwork, and wall
coring of multi-use (common) holes;**
45. Operating walk behind rollers and similar machines**
46. Using a cutting torch for demolition work on steel or other metal structures;**
47. Operating salamanders, smudge pots, propane and kerosene burners and all other
heating methods;**
48. Operating drills and all other pneumatic and electric hand tools for demolition;**
49. Using concrete mixers, vibrators and pumps;**
50. Operating walk along tamping equipment;**
51. Sandblasting (filling the pot, cleaning up of sand, use of the nozzle) pumps 2” or
under for demolition;**
52. Using welding torches;**
53. Working on swing scaffold, sling and Bosun chairs.**
BI
CLASS 3
Asbestos Removal or Abatement Laborer
D
CLASS 4
Watchman and Flagman
PMW-17
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
Definitions for Building Operators in the 33 County Area
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
Allegheny, Armstrong, Beaver, Bedford, Blair, Butler, Cambria, Cameron, Centre, Clarion,
Clearfield, Clinton, Crawford, Elk, Erie, Fayette, Forest, Franklin, Fulton, Greene,
Huntingdon, Indiana, Jefferson, Lawrence, McKean, Mercer, Mifflin, Potter, Somerset,
Venango, Warren, Washington & Westmoreland
GROUP I OPERATORS
BUILDING CONSTRUCTION
CLASS I
Asphalt Paver, Asphalt Roller, Asphalt Plant Operator, Athey Loader, Auger (Truck or Tractor
Mounted), Auto Grader (C.M.I. and similar), Backhoe (180º and 360º swing), Back-Filling
Machine, Batch Plant, Bulldozer, Cable Layer, Cableway, Caisson Drill, Central Mix Plant,
Compactor with Blade, Concrete Pump (all types), Over-Head Crane, Crane (Crawler or
Truck Mounted)*, Tower Crane (Stationary or Climbing Type), Rough Terrain Crane**,
Wagon Crane, Crushing and/or Screening Plant, Derrick Traveler, Derrick (all types)(when
assistance is needed it will be an oiler or apprentice), Derrick Boats, Dragline, Drill (Davey
or similar), Dredge, Drill (Well and Core)(Truck or Skid Mounted), Elevator, Excavating
Equipment (all other), Fork Lift (Lull or similar), Franki Pile Machine (or similar), Guard Post
Driver, Gradall (all types), Grader, Elevating Grader, Equipment Greaser, Helicopter,
Helicopter Hoist Operators, Front End Loader, Skid Steer Loader (or similar), Hoist,
Hydraulic Boom Truck, Jumbo Operator, Kocal, Koehring Scooper, Locomotive, Metro Chip
Harvester (or similar), Mix Mobile, Mixer – Paver, Mucking Machine, Multiple Bowl Machines,
Pile Driver (Sonic or similar), Scrapers, Shovels (powered), Slip Form Paver (C.M.I. and
similar), Spreader (Concrete, Asphalt, or Stone), Tire Repairman (when assigned to a
jobsite), Tower Mobile, Tractors (all types), Trencher, Tug Boat, Vermeer Saw, Welder
(repairman), Whirley
* Cranes with Boom or Mast length (including jib) 100 ft or over shall be paid an additional
$.25 per hour for each 50-foot increment of additional boom and/or jib length)
** An Additional $.25 per hour shall be paid when a jib is attached to the basic boom
Note: An additional $.25 per hour shall be paid when any crane rated over 15 ton is placed
on any building structure
CLASS II
D
BI
Ballast Regulator, Boat (material or personnel)(powered), Boiler, Boring Machine,
Compressor (combined with Air Tugger, Air Pump, Gunite Machine, or Sand Blaster ),
Concrete Belt Placer, Concrete Saw, Conveyor, Carry Crane, Crushing/Screening Plants,
Curb Builder (self-propelled), Forklifts (ridden or self-propelled), Form Line Machine,
Generator (over 5KW), Grout Pump, Heaters, Hoist (monorail, roof, one drum-regardless of
power used), Huck Machine (or similar), Hydraulic Jack (single or multiple)(power driven),
Ladavator, Mortar Mixer, Mulching Machine, Pavement Breaker (self-propelled or ridden),
Pin Puller (powered), Pipe Cleaning Machine, Pipe Dream, Power Broom (except push type),
Pulverizer, Pumps (regardless of power used), Roller/Compactor, Refrigeration Plant, Ross
Carrier (or similar), Seeding Machine, Slab Lifting Machine (hydraulic), Spray Cure Machine
PMW-18
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
(power driven), Side Delivery Shoulder Spreader (attachment), Steam Jenny (or similar),
Stone Crusher, Stone Spreader (self-propelled), Siphon (steam or air), Tie Tamper (multiple
heads), Tractor (when used for landscaping, snaking, or hauling), Truck (Winch)(when
hoisting and placing), Tube Finisher (C.M.I. and similar), Tugger, Water Blaster, Welding
Machine, Well Point System
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
CLASS III
Brakeman, Deck Hand, Helicopter Signalman, Oiler*, Elevator (Alterations & Remodeling
Commercial Buildings), Mechanic’s Assistant
* Oiler on Truck Cranes: Under 50 ton rated capacity shall be paid an additional $.10 per
hour over the Class III base rate, 50 ton up to100 ton shall be paid an additional $.25 per
hour over the Class III base rate, and 100 ton or over shall be paid an additional $1.00 per
hour over the Class III base rate
D
BI
PMW-19
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
Notes for Building, Heavy, Highway Truckdriver
Truckdriver Class 1
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
Single Axle
Truckdrivers Class 2
Tandem
Tri-Axle
Semi-Trailer (Combination)
Truckdrivers Class 3
Speciality Vehicles
D
BI
PMW-20
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
Painters Notes for Building, Heavy,
Highway Painters
Cameron, Crawford, Forest, Potter & Warren Counties
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
Painters Class 1 - Industrial Rates (Heavy/Highway)
Painters Class 2 - Commercial Rates (Building)
Allegheny, Fayette, Greene & Washington Counties
Painters
Painters
Painters
Painters
Painters
Painters
Class
Class
Class
Class
Class
Class
1
2
3
4
5
6
-
Industrial Brush & Roll (Heavy/Highway)
Industrial Sandblast & Spray (Heavy/Highway)
Bridge, Hot Stack, & Transmission Towers (Heavy/Highway)
Painter Tender I (Heavy/Highway)
Painter Tender II (Heavy/Highway)
Commercial Painting & Paperhanging (Building)
Armstrong, Beaver, Bedford, Blair, Butler, Cambria, Centre, Clarion, Clearfield, Elk,
Fulton, Huntingdon, Indiana, Jefferson, Juniata, Lawrence, Mercer, Mifflin,
Somerset, Venango & Westmoreland Counties
Painters
Painters
Painters
Painters
Painters
Painters
Class
Class
Class
Class
Class
Class
1
2
3
4
5
6
-
Industrial Brush & Roll (Heavy/Highway)
Industrial Sandblast & Spray (Heavy/Highway)
Bridge, Hot Stack, & Transmission Towers (Heavy/Highway)
Painter Tender I (Heavy/Highway)
Painter Tender II (Heavy/Highway)
Commercial Painting & Paperhanging (Building)
Bucks, Chester, Delaware, Montgomery & Philadelphia Counties
Painters Class 1 - Brush, Roller & Spray
Painters Class 2 - Bridge
Painters Class 3 - Wallcoverer
BI
Adams, Berks, Bradford, Carbon, Clinton, Columbia, Cumberland, Dauphin,
Franklin, Lackawanna, Lancaster, Lebanon, Lehigh, Luzerne, Lycoming, Monroe,
Montour, Northampton, Northumberland, Perry, Pike, Schuylkill, Snyder, Sullivan,
Susquehanna, Tioga, Union, Wayne, Wyoming & York Counties
D
Painters Class 1 - Commercial*
Painters Class 2 - Industrial (includes Structural Steel, Industrial Spray & Sandblasting)*
Painters Class 3 - Bridge*
* $1.00per hour above the rate for all classifications for work done in the following manner:
Steel, Spray, Epoxy, HIPAC Coatings, Catalyzed Epoxy, Urethanes, Removers, Swing,
Basket, and Sandblasting
PMW-21
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
D
BI
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
Clinton County
Painters Class 1 - Spray
Painters Class 2 - Brush & Roller
PMW-22
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
SECTION 01100
SUMMARY OF WORK
PART 1 GENERAL
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
1.01 SUMMARY
A. General Contract Requirements:
1.
The work under this project consists of replacing the HVAC system to the interior
offices and conference room, and related electrical components and controls,
replacing the boiler, and adding return ducts to the new HVAC system.
2.
Work included under this project shall be performed under:
a. Contract No. FDC-013-100445.2 - HVAC Construction
b. Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4 - Electrical Construction
3.
The limits of work and requirements of the contract shall be as specified here in
and as indicated on the contract drawings.
4.
Work performed under each contract shall include, but is not necessarily limited to,
the furnishing of all labor, superintendence, materials, tools and equipment,
miscellaneous items and performing all work necessary to complete all construction
to the satisfaction of, and subject to the approval of, the Department.
5.
All construction work shown on the contract drawings and not expressly mentioned
in the specifications, and all work specified and not shown on the contract drawings
but obviously necessary for the proper execution of same shall be performed by the
Contractor. It is expressly intended that the work of this contract shall provide a
complete and fully functional and accessible structure, finished in every aspect and
detail as would be considered industry standard, as it is not the intent to delineate or
describe every detail and feature of the work. No additions to the contract sum will
be approved for any materials, equipment and/or labor to perform work hereunder
unless it can be clearly shown to be beyond the scope and intent of the drawings
and specifications, and absolutely essential to the proper execution of the work.
B. Related Work:
D
BI
1.
Applicable requirements of the General Conditions for Construction, dated 2005,
Special Requirements, and all related sections of the contract documents, including
this section, apply to this entire specification and shall have the same force and
effect as if printed herewith in full.
2. In all cases where a device or part of the equipment is herein referred to in the
singular, such reference shall apply to as many such items as are required to
complete the installation.
C. Bid Form and Items of Work:
1.
Each Contractor shall prepare the appropriate Bid Form for their respective
contract.
SUMMARY OF WORK
01100 - 1
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
D. Coordination:
Other Department facilities are located within proximity of the work site. The
Contractor shall coordinate and plan methods and sequence of work so as to avoid
any interruptions to the daily operations of the Department. The office will be open
and the contractor will need to adjust his work to minimize the disruption.
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
1.
E. Temporary Services:
1.
Installation of all temporary services (heat, trash removal, and access control)
required as defined in Section 4.16 of the General Conditions shall be provided
under the HVAC Construction Contract FDC-013-100445.2.
2.
All costs for installation, operations, maintenance and removal of temporary
services shall be the responsibility of the HVAC Contractor under Contract
FDC-013-100445.2.
3.
All temporary services shall remain in place for the duration of the contract or until
removal is directed by the Department.
4.
The following temporary services are available to the Contractor from the
Department:
a.
b.
c.
Limited electric for small hand tools in certain locations.
1) The Lead Contractor under Contract FDC-013-100445.2 shall verify
on-site capacity and location and provide additional power to meet
construction capacity and location requirements.
2) Department provided electricity may not be used for providing temporary
heat.
Limited water in certain locations.
1) The Lead Contractor under Contract FDC-013-100445.2 shall verify
on-site capacity and location and provide additional water to meet
construction capacity and location requirements.
Sanitary facilities
1) The sanitary facilities available for use by each Contractor will also
remain open for public use during the construction period.
2) The Lead Contractor under Contract FDC-013-100445.2 shall maintain
the sanitary facilities in the same or better condition throughout the
construction period as they were at the beginning of construction.
Temporary services provided by the Department for use during the work shall be
used in the most efficient and economical manner possible. Abuse or use of the
temporary service in excess of what is needed for performing the work may result
in revocation of permission to use the temporary service. Temporary services shall
then be provided by the Contractor in accordance with these specifications.
6.
Temporary services provided by the Department for use during the work shall be
restored before the end of the Contract to the same or better condition as when
offered for use.
D
BI
5.
SUMMARY OF WORK
01100 - 2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
F. Lead Contractor Designation:
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
1. The Contractor awarded the HVAC Construction Contract FDC-013-100445.2
shall be designated the Lead Contractor. The Lead Contractor shall be responsible
for providing a composite schedule indicating the sequence of work for both
construction contracts. It shall be the responsibility of each individual Contractor to
coordinate and provide information to the Lead Contractor so that a timely
construction schedule can be maintained.
G. Permits
1.
Each Contractor shall, at their expense, obtain any and all required permits and
licenses for his work as may be required by the local governing jurisdiction.
2.
The following permits have been obtained by the Department:
a. General building permit
H. Inspections
1.
General Building Permit:
a. The HVAC Contractor under Contract FDC-013-100445.2 shall arrange and
coordinate all inspections under their work required by the General Building
Permit; including notifying the appropriate Building Code Official as provided
by the Department, notifying the Department's representative of the planned
inspection date, being present during the inspection, and making the work
accessible for inspection.
2.
Electrical:
a. The Electrical Contractor under Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4 shall be
responsible for arranging and coordinating an inspection of the electrical
system by an independent inspection agency qualified to perform such
inspections and approved by the Department.
b. Submit the name and qualifications of the inspection agency to the Department
for approval.
c. Submit an electrical inspection report or certification stating that the electrical
system passed the inspection and is in compliance with all applicable codes
and regulations.
D
BI
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Contract No. FDC-013-100445.2 - HVAC Construction
1.
This contract shall include all general construction work complete as depicted and
defined on the contract drawings and as specified in these contract specifications.
Main items of work consist essentially of, but are not limited to the following:
a.
Demolishing and/or removing the existing HVAC system and associated
ductwork serving the interior offices and conference room.
SUMMARY OF WORK
01100 - 3
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
Replacing the existing boiler, air handlers and condensing units serving the
conference room and interior offices and their associated ductwork and
controls with new.
c. Adding hot water base board heat to the conference room and restrooms.
d. Replacing Exhaust fans in restrooms and adding occupancy sensors and tying
the controls into the lights. Adding exhaust penthouse to roof.
e. Adding exhaust fan to janitor's closet and adding occupancy sensor.
f. Adding general exhaust to mechanical room and janitor's closet.
g. Replacing boiler combustion air duct and adding air intake duct.
h. Replacing branch line loops to existing through the wall units.
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
b.
B. Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4 - Electrical Construction
1.
This contract shall include all general construction work complete as depicted and
defined on the contract drawings and as specified in these contract specifications.
Main items of work consist essentially of, but are not limited to the following:
a.
Electrical wiring from circuit breakers to reheat coils, electric coils, control
transformers, controls, and other HVAC equipment as required.
b. Replacing an electrical panel.
1.03 SITE VISIT AND INVESTIGATION
A. Each bidder shall visit the site located in Emporium, Shippen Township, Cameron
County, Pennsylvania, and acquaint himself/herself with the existing conditions and the
activity involved prior to the time of bidding. The site may be visited after contacting
the Park Manager, at 814-486-3365, and arranging the visit.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. All work and the execution of same shall be completed in a first class, workmanlike
manner by experienced and qualified trade persons, and shall conform to the best
building practice.
1.05 STANDARDS AND REGULATIONS
D
BI
A. Nothing contained in these specifications or shown on the drawings shall be construed
to be in conflict with any standards, local codes, ordinances or regulations governing the
installation of the work specified herein.
B. The entire installation shall conform to all pertinent codes and regulations, local,
municipal, county and state authorities, the National Fire Protection Association, the
National Electrical Code and other regulatory bodies having jurisdiction over this class
of work. Applicable codes shall include, but not be limited to:
1.
Pennsylvania Uniform Construction Code
a. The provisions of Chapters 2 through 29, 31 through 35 of the International
Building Code.
b. ICC Electrical Code.
SUMMARY OF WORK
01100 - 4
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
c. Mechanical Code.
d. International Fire Code.
e. International Energy Conservation Code.
2.
National Electric Code (NEC) 2008.
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
C. Where applicable, materials and equipment shall bear stamps or seals of the NFPA,
ASME, AMCA, NEMA and other industry regulating groups.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
A. All equipment or apparatus of any one system must be the product of one manufacturer,
or equivalent products of a number of manufacturers that are suitable for use in a
unified or assembled system.
2.02 PERFORMANCE OF EQUIPMENT
A. All materials, equipment and appurtenances of any kind shown on the drawings,
hereinafter specified, or required for the completion of the work in accordance with the
intent of these specifications, shall be completely satisfactory and acceptable as regards
operation, performance and capacity. No approval, written or verbal, or any drawings,
descriptive data or samples of such material, equipment and/or appurtenances shall
relieve the Contractor of his/her responsibility to turn over the complete installation to
the Department in perfect working order and in complete conformance with the
drawings and specifications, at the completion of the work.
B. Any material, equipment or appurtenances, the operation, capacity or performance of
which does not comply with the requirements of the drawings or specifications, or
which is damaged prior to acceptance by the Department, will be held to be defective
materials, equipment and/or appurtenances, and shall be removed and replaced or put in
proper and acceptable working order, satisfactory to the Department, without additional
cost to the Department.
2.03 "OR EQUAL" CLAUSE
BI
A. Whenever a material or article is specified or shown on the plans by using the name of a
particular vendor, any material or article which shall perform adequately the duties
imposed by the general design will be considered equal and satisfactory, providing the
material or article so proposed is of equal substance and function in the opinion of the
Department's representative and upon his/her written approval.
PART 3 EXECUTION
D
3.01 CONTRACTOR'S WORK AREA
A. The Contractor's work area shall be limited to that necessary to satisfactorily complete
the work as indicated on the Drawings. Work and or travel patterns outside immediate
areas of construction shall be restricted to areas as directed by the Department.
SUMMARY OF WORK
01100 - 5
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
3.02 COORDINATION WITH DEPARTMENT'S REPRESENTATIVE
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
A. The Contractor is responsible for notifying the Department’s representative of his
delivery and work schedule in advance so that proper inspection and coordination can
be provided.
3.03 ACCESS TO SITE AND CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS
A. Access to the building shall be coordinated between the Department’s representative
and the Contractor. The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage caused by their
personnel or subcontractors to properties and/or possessions of the Department.
3.04 "AS-BUILT" DRAWINGS
A. As the work progresses, the Contractor shall record on one set of plans and
specifications all changes, deviations, or alterations made to the original design. At the
final inspection, the Contractor shall turn the “As-Built” set of drawings and
specifications over to the Department.
B. Failure to provide the as-built drawings may delay final payment.
3.05 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
A. At the completion of the work, the Contractor shall provide two bound operation
maintenance manuals to the Department as defined in Section 5.19 of the General
Conditions. The Manuals shall contain cleaning and maintenance instructions, wiring
diagrams, warranties, a copy of all approved submittals, other information required for
the operation of all systems, and information on all finishes and equipment.
1.
Bind operation and maintenance data in 8-1/2 inch by 11-inch, 3-ring binders with
durable plastic covers.
2.
Subdivide the binder contents with permanent page dividers and tabs clearly titling
the section contents.
3.
Organize and arrange each binder as follows:
D
BI
a.
Table of Contents with each product or system description identified and the
location of the data within the binder.
b. Part 2: Operation and Maintenance data subdivided by specification section
and arranged by product, equipment, or system. This data shall include:
1) Equipment and product lists
2) Parts lists
3) Operation instructions
4) Maintenance instructions
5) Winterization instructions and procedure
SUMMARY OF WORK
01100 - 6
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
Part 3: Documents and Certifications subdivided by specification section and
arranged by product, equipment, or system. This data shall include:
1) Approved shop drawings and submittals
2) Warranties, guarantees, and bonds
3) Test reports
4) As-built plans and specifications
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
c.
3.06 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. All Work performed under this section shall be considered incidental and payment shall
be made under other sections of this specification.
D
BI
END OF SECTION SUMMARY OF WORK
01100 - 7
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
SECTION 01340
SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES
PART 1 GENERAL
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Equipment and material submissions.
B. Related Work:
1.
Individual requirements for submittals also may be described in pertinent sections
of these specifications.
C. Work Not Included:
1.
Unrequired submittals will not be reviewed by the Department.
2.
The Contractor shall require his subcontractor to provide drawings, setting
diagrams, and similar information to help coordinate the work, but, such data shall
remain between the Contractor and his subcontractors and will not be reviewed by
the Department unless specifically called for within the contract documents.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Coordination of Submittals:
1.
Prior to each submittal, carefully review and coordinate all aspects of each item
being submitted.
2.
Verify that each item, and the submittal for it, conforms in all respects with the
specified requirements.
3.
By affixing the Contractor's signature to each submittal, certify that this
coordination has been performed.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Scale and Measurements: Make shop drawings accurately to a scale sufficiently large to
show all pertinent aspects of the item and its method of connection to the work.
BI
B. Review comments of the Department will be shown on one copy of the prints when it is
returned to the Contractor.
D
2.02 PRODUCT DATA (CATALOG CUTS)
A. Where contents of submitted literature from manufacturers include data not pertinent to
the submittal, clearly indicate which portions of the contents are being submitted for
review.
SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES
01340 - 1
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
2.03 SAMPLES
A. Provide sample or samples identical to the precise article proposed to be provided.
B. Size of samples shall be as follows:
Sheet or Similar Materials - 12” x 12”.
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
1.
2. Linear or Similar Materials - 12” long x full width.
2.04 COLORS AND PATTERNS
A. Unless the precise color and/or pattern is specifically called out in the contract
documents, submit two sets of accurate color and pattern charts. One set shall be
submitted to the project site and the second set to the Department for their selection.
B. Color selection charts should be submitted as soon as possible. The Department will not
make color/pattern selections for materials until color and pattern samples for all finish
items can be coordinated.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 IDENTIFICATION OF SUBMITTALS
A. Consecutively number all transmittals. #1, #2, #3, etc. Number each submittal item,
within the transmittal grouping. The number for each submittal item shall correspond
with the “submittal no.” indicated on the Project Submittal Logs herein.
B. When material is resubmitted for any reason, transmit under a new letter of transmittal
and with a new transmittal number. The new transmittal number shall carry a
subsequent alphabetical suffix. (i.e. resubmission of item 1 shall be submitted as 1A).
C. Accompany each submission with a letter of transmittal showing all information
required for identification and checking.
D. On at least the first page of each submittal, and elsewhere as required for positive
identification, show the submittal number in which the item was included.
D
BI
E. Project Submittal Log:
1.
The Department‘s representative will maintain a submittal log for the duration of
the work, showing current status of all submittals at all times.
2.
The form labeled “Project Submittal Log” attached at the end of this specification
section shall be used to track the status of submittals and shall accompany all
submissions to the Department.
3.
The Contractor shall provide all of the necessary data to the Department, to enable
the Department‘s representative to maintain an accurate submittal log.
3.02 GROUPING OF SUBMITTALS
A. Unless otherwise specified, make submittals in groups containing all associated items to
assure that information is available for checking each item when it is received.
SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES
01340 - 2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
3.03 TIMING OF SUBMITTALS
A. Make submittals far enough in advance of scheduled installation dates to provide time
required for reviews, for securing necessary approvals, for possible revisions and
resubmission’s, and for placing orders and securing delivery.
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
B. In scheduling, allow at least ten working days for review by the Department following
the Department’s receipt of the submittal.
3.04 FORMAT OF SUBMITTALS
A. The Department will determine the method, format, and number of copies of submittals.
At the Department's option they may include:
1.
Documents: Submit one electronic copy in PDF format. An
electronically-marked up file will be returned. Create PDFs at native size and
right-side up; illegible files will be rejected.
a. Individual files shall contain the complete submittal of individual items.
Splitting submittals into multiple files is not permitted. File sharing or FTP
services may be required for file sizes that exceed 10 meg.
b. Files shall be named as directed by the Department.
2.
Documents: Submit a minimum of six sets, or a quantity as directed by the
Department, of documents clearly printed on plain white paper or manufacturer's
standard printed literature. Text and images shall not be smudged or blurred and
be of sufficient size to be easily readable.
a. Small Size Sheets: 8-1/2 x 11 inches.
b. Large Size Sheets: 24 x 36 inches.
c. A maximum of three sets will be returned to the contractor.
3.05 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Payment for all work performed under this section shall be made at the lump sum bid
price under each contract for the following pay item:
1.
“Submittals & Shop Drawings”
D
BI
SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES
01340 - 3
BUREAU OF FACILITY DESIGN
AND CONSTRUCTION
PROJECT NO:
TITLE:
LOCATION:
COUNTY:
CONTRACTOR:
Elk State Forest
Cameron County
HVAC for District Office and Pipe Repair
FDC-013-100445.4 – Electrical Construction
PROJECT SUBMITTAL LOG
D
O D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
D
BI
01780
01820
07620
07720
07840
07900
16060
16070
16075
16123
16131
16138
16145
16155
16411
16412
16443
16491
Closeout submittals,Manual
Training Plan
Sheet metal flashing and trim
Roof accessories
Firestopping
Joint Sealers
Grounding and bonding for electrical systems
Hangers and supports
Electrical Identification
Building Wire and Cable
Conduit
Boxes
Lighting Control Devices
Equipment Wiring
Enclosed Circuit Breakers
Enclosed Switches
Panelboards
fuses
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
CC
x
SD
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
CS MS
SD = SHOP DRAWINGS
CC = CATALOG CUTS
CS = COLOR SELECTION CHARTS
MS = MANUFACTURERS PRODUCT AND INSTALLATION SPECIFICATIONS
CT = CERTIFICATIONS, TEST RESULTS, ETC.
SA = SAMPLES (12”X12” MIN. FOR SHEET MATERIALS OR 12” LENGTH FOR LINEAR MATERIALS)
LEGEND:
REMARKS:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
SUBMITTAL
NO.
x
x
x
CT
x
x
x
SA
DATE
APV APN REJ RETURNED
APV = APPROVED
APN = APPROVED AS NOTED
REJ = REJECTED, RESUBMIT
DATE
THE FOLLOWING SUBMITTALS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE DEPARTMENT FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL. ADDITIONAL SUBMITTALS MAY BE REQUIRED.
SPEC.
REQUIREMENTS
CONTRACTOR ACTION
DEPARTMENT ACTION
REQUIRED SUBMITTALS
SUBMITTAL RESUBMITAL
REVIEW
DATE
REMARKS
SECTION
ITEM DESCRIPTION
Page 1 of 1
7-20-2009
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES
01340-4
END OF SECTION
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
SECTION 01400
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
D
BI
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. References and standards.
B. Quality assurance submittals.
C. Control of installation.
D. Tolerances.
E. Testing and inspection services.
F. Manufacturers' field services.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Testing Agency Qualifications:
1. Prior to start of Work, submit agency name, address, and telephone number, and
names of full time specialist and responsible officer.
B. Design Data: Submit for Department's knowledge as contract administrator for the
limited purpose of assessing conformance with information given and the design
concept expressed in the contract documents, or for Department's information.
C. Test Reports: After each test/inspection, promptly submit two copies of report to
Department and to Contractor.
1. Include:
a. Date issued.
b. Project title and number.
c. Name of inspector.
d. Date and time of sampling or inspection.
e. Identification of product and specifications section.
f. Location in the Project.
g. Type of test/inspection.
h. Date of test/inspection.
i. Results of test/inspection.
j. Conformance with Contract Documents.
k. When requested by Department, provide interpretation of results.
2. Test report submittals are for Department's knowledge as contract administrator
for the limited purpose of assessing conformance with information given and the
design concept expressed in the contract documents, or for Department's
information.
D. Certificates: When specified in individual specification sections, submit certification by
the manufacturer and Contractor or installation/application subcontractor to
Department, in quantities specified for Product Data.
1. Indicate material or product conforms to or exceeds specified requirements.
Submit supporting reference data, affidavits, and certifications as appropriate.
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
01400 - 1
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
D
BI
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
E. Manufacturer's Instructions: When specified in individual specification sections, submit
printed instructions for delivery, storage, assembly, installation, start-up, adjusting, and
finishing, for the Department's information. Indicate special procedures, perimeter
conditions requiring special attention, and special environmental criteria required for
application or installation.
F. Manufacturer's Field Reports: Submit reports for Department's benefit as contract
administrator or for Department.
1. Submit for information for the limited purpose of assessing conformance with
information given and the design concept expressed in the contract documents.
G. Erection Drawings: Submit drawings for Department's benefit as contract administrator
or for Department.
1. Submit for information for the limited purpose of assessing conformance with
information given and the design concept expressed in the contract documents.
1.03 REFERENCES AND STANDARDS
A. For products and workmanship specified by reference to a document or documents not
included in the Project Manual, also referred to as reference standards, comply with
requirements of the standard, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are
required by applicable codes.
B. Conform to reference standard of date of issue current on date of Contract Documents,
except where a specific date is established by applicable code.
C. Obtain copies of standards where required by product specification sections.
D. Maintain copy at project site during submittals, planning, and progress of the specific
work, until Substantial Completion.
E. Should specified reference standards conflict with Contract Documents, request
clarification from Department before proceeding.
F. Neither the contractual relationships, duties, or responsibilities of the parties in Contract
nor those of Department shall be altered from the Contract Documents by mention or
inference otherwise in any reference document.
1.04 TESTING AND INSPECTION AGENCIES
A. Contractor Employed Agency:
1. Testing agency: Comply with requirements of ASTM E329, ASTM E 548, ASTM
E543, ASTM C1021, ASTM C1077, and ASTM C1093.
2. Inspection agency: Comply with requirements of ASTM D3740, ASTM E329, and
ASTM E548.
PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 CONTROL OF INSTALLATION
A. Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site
conditions, and workmanship, to produce Work of specified quality.
B. Comply with manufacturers' instructions, including each step in sequence.
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
01400 - 2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
D
BI
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
C. Should manufacturers' instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request
clarification from Department before proceeding.
D. Comply with specified standards as minimum quality for the Work except where more
stringent tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more
precise workmanship.
E. Have Work performed by persons qualified to produce required and specified quality.
F. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings or as instructed by
the manufacturer.
G. Secure products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to
withstand stresses, vibration, physical distortion, and disfigurement.
3.02 TOLERANCES
A. Monitor fabrication and installation tolerance control of products to produce acceptable
Work. Do not permit tolerances to accumulate.
B. Comply with manufacturers' tolerances. Should manufacturers' tolerances conflict with
Contract Documents, request clarification from Department before proceeding.
C. Adjust products to appropriate dimensions; position before securing products in place.
3.03 TESTING AND INSPECTION
A. See individual specification sections for testing required.
B. Testing Agency Duties:
1. Provide qualified personnel at site. Cooperate with Department and Contractor in
performance of services.
2. Promptly notify Department and Contractor of observed irregularities or
non-conformance of Work or products.
3. Perform additional tests and inspections required by Department.
4. Attend preconstruction meetings and progress meetings.
5. Submit reports of all tests/inspections specified.
C. Limits on Testing/Inspection Agency Authority:
1. Agency may not release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on requirements of Contract
Documents.
2. Agency may not approve or accept any portion of the Work.
3. Agency may not assume any duties of Contractor.
4. Agency has no authority to stop the Work.
D. Contractor Responsibilities:
1. Deliver to agency at designated location, adequate samples of materials proposed
to be used that require testing, along with proposed mix designs.
2. Provide incidental labor and facilities:
a. To provide access to Work to be tested/inspected.
b. To facilitate tests/inspections.
3. Notify Department and laboratory 24 hours prior to expected time for operations
requiring testing/inspection services.
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
01400 - 3
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
Employ services of an independent qualified testing laboratory and pay for
additional samples, tests, and inspections required by Contractor beyond specified
requirements.
E. Re-testing required because of non-conformance to specified requirements shall be
performed by the same agency on instructions by Department.
F. Re-testing required because of non-conformance to specified requirements shall be paid
for by Contractor.
3.04 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES
A. When specified in individual specification sections, require material or product
suppliers or manufacturers to provide qualified staff personnel to observe site
conditions, conditions of surfaces and installation, quality of workmanship, start-up of
equipment, test, adjust and balance of equipment and provide as applicable, and to
initiate instructions when necessary.
B. Report observations and site decisions or instructions given to applicators or installers
that are supplemental or contrary to manufacturers' written instructions.
3.05 DEFECT ASSESSMENT
A. Replace Work or portions of the Work not conforming to specified requirements.
B. If, in the opinion of Department, it is not practical to remove and replace the Work,
Department will direct an appropriate remedy or adjust payment.
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
4.
3.06 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. All Work performed under this section shall be considered incidental and payment shall
be made under other sections of this specification.
D
BI
END OF SECTION
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
01400 - 4
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
SECTION 01620
STORAGE AND PROTECTION
PART 1 GENERAL
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Storage of equipment and materials.
B. Protection of equipment and materials.
C. Storage trailers.
D. Related Work:
1.
Additional procedures also may be prescribed in other sections of these
specifications.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The Contractor shall take such procedures as are required to assure full protection of
work and materials. Procedures shall include instruction of employees on safe material
handling practices and techniques, notification on manufacturers recommended
handling procedures, etc.
1.03 MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS
A. Except as otherwise approved by the Department, determine and comply with
manufacturers' recommendations on product handling, storage, and protection.
PART 2 PRODUCTS-Not Used
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PACKAGING
1.
Maintain packaged materials with seals unbroken and labels intact until time of use.
2.
Promptly remove damaged material and unsuitable items from the job site, and
promptly replace with material meeting the specified requirements, at no additional
cost to the Department.
B. The Department may reject as non-complying such material and products that do not
bear identification satisfactory to the Department as to manufacturer, grade, quality, and
other pertinent information.
D
BI
A. Deliver products to the job site in their manufacturer's original container, with labels
intact and legible.
3.02 PROTECTION
A. Protect finished surfaces, including jambs and soffits of openings used as passageways,
through which equipment and materials are handled.
B. Provide protection for finished floor surfaces in traffic areas prior to allowing
equipment or materials to be moved over such surfaces.
STORAGE AND PROTECTION
01620 - 1
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
C. Maintain finished areas clean, unmarred, and suitably protected until accepted by the
Department.
3.03 REPAIRS AND REPLACEMENTS
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
A. In the event of damage, promptly make replacements and repairs to the approval of the
Department and at no additional cost to the Department.
B. Additional time required securing replacements and to make repairs will not be
considered by the Department to justify an extension in the Contract Time of
Completion.
C. Maintain finished surfaces clean, unmarred, and suitably protected until accepted by the
Department.
3.04 STORAGE TRAILER
A. Each Contractor may place a storage trailer on-site for storage of materials, equipment,
tools, and supplies.
B. Locate the storage trailer as directed by the Department.
3.05 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Payment for all work performed under this section shall be made under the lump sum
bid price for the following pay items.
1.
"Storage and Protection"
D
BI
END OF SECTION STORAGE AND PROTECTION
01620 - 2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
SECTION 01705
MOBILIZATION AND DEMOBILIZATION
PART 1 GENERAL
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Mobilization and Demobilization of equipment, materials, and supplies.
B. As-built drawings submission.
C. Operation and Maintenance manual submission.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 01100 – Summary of Work.
PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. The method of work and placement of materials and supplies shall be approved in
advanced by the Department's representative.
3.02 MOBILIZATION
A. Mobilization shall consist of activity and work required to move all necessary plant,
equipment, facilities, materials, supplies and personnel onto the site; the complete
assembly and set-up of same in satisfactory working order. Also included shall be the
adequate storage means to protect supplies and materials from exposure to the elements,
vandalism and other damage.
3.03 DEMOBILIZATION
A. Demobilization shall consist of activity and work required for the removal of all plant,
equipment, facilities, unused materials, supplies and personnel off the site; cleanup of
all areas affected by the Contract directly or indirectly; and removal and disposal of all
debris, scrap and trash generated by the Contractor during project execution to the
satisfaction of the Department.
C. Demobilization shall include the submission of the Operation and Maintenance Manuals
as specified in Section 01100.
D
BI
B. Demobilization shall include the submission of the "As-Built" drawings as specified in
Section 01100.
MOBILIZATION AND DEMOBILIZATION
01705 - 1
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
3.04 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Payment for all work performed under this section shall be made under the lump sum
bid price under each contract for the following pay item:
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
1. "Mobilization and Demobilization"
B. Forty percent (40%) of this pay item will be paid to the Contractor for "Mobilization" as
specified above. The remaining sixty (60%) of the pay item will be paid to the
Contractor for "Demobilization" as specified above and following a Final Site
Inspection by the Department's Representative.
D
BI
END OF SECTION MOBILIZATION AND DEMOBILIZATION
01705 - 2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
SECTION 01780
CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
D
BI
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Project Record Documents.
B. Operation and Maintenance Data.
C. Warranties and bonds.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 01340 - Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples:
B. Individual Product Sections: Specific requirements for operation and maintenance data.
C. Individual Product Sections: Warranties required for specific products or Work.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Project Record Documents: Submit documents to Department with claim for final
Application for Payment.
B. Operation and Maintenance Data:
1. Submit two copies of preliminary draft or proposed formats and outlines of
contents before start of Work. Department will review draft and return one copy
with comments.
2. For equipment, or component parts of equipment put into service during
construction and operated by Department, submit completed documents within ten
days after acceptance.
3. Submit one copy of completed documents 15 days prior to final inspection. This
copy will be reviewed and returned after final inspection, with Department
comments. Revise content of all document sets as required prior to final
submission.
4. Submit two sets of revised final documents in final form within 10 days after final
inspection.
C. Warranties and Bonds:
1. For equipment or component parts of equipment put into service during
construction with Department's permission, submit documents within 10 days after
acceptance.
2. Make other submittals within 10 days after Date of Substantial Completion, prior
to final Application for Payment.
3. For items of Work for which acceptance is delayed beyond Date of Substantial
Completion, submit within 10 days after acceptance, listing the date of acceptance
as the beginning of the warranty period.
CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
01780 - 1
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
D
BI
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
A. Maintain on site one set of the following record documents; record actual revisions to
the Work:
1. Drawings.
2. Specifications.
3. Addenda.
4. Change Orders and other modifications to the Contract.
5. Reviewed shop drawings, product data, and samples.
6. Manufacturer's instruction for assembly, installation, and adjusting.
B. Ensure entries are complete and accurate, enabling future reference by Department.
C. Store record documents separate from documents used for construction.
D. Record information concurrent with construction progress.
E. Specifications: Legibly mark and record at each product section description of actual
products installed, including the following:
1. Manufacturer's name and product model and number.
2. Product substitutions or alternates utilized.
3. Changes made by Addenda and modifications.
F. Record Drawings and Shop Drawings: Legibly mark each item to record actual
construction including:
1. Measured locations of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in
construction, referenced to visible and accessible features of the Work.
2. Field changes of dimension and detail.
3. Details not on original Contract drawings.
3.02 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
A. For Each Product or System: List names, addresses and telephone numbers of
Subcontractors and suppliers, including local source of supplies and replacement parts.
B. Product Data: Mark each sheet to clearly identify specific products and component
parts, and data applicable to installation. Delete inapplicable information.
C. Drawings: Supplement product data to illustrate relations of component parts of
equipment and systems, to show control and flow diagrams. Do not use Project Record
Documents as maintenance drawings.
D. Typed Text: As required to supplement product data. Provide logical sequence of
instructions for each procedure, incorporating manufacturer's instructions.
3.03 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES
A. For Each Product, Applied Material, and Finish:
1. Product data, with catalog number, size, composition, and color and texture
designations.
2. Information for re-ordering custom manufactured products.
CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
01780 - 2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
D
BI
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
B. Instructions for Care and Maintenance: Manufacturer's recommendations for cleaning
agents and methods, precautions against detrimental cleaning agents and methods, and
recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance.
C. Moisture protection and weather-exposed products: Include product data listing
applicable reference standards, chemical composition, and details of installation.
Provide recommendations for inspections, maintenance, and repair.
D. Additional information as specified in individual product specification sections.
E. Provide a listing in Table of Contents for design data, with tabbed fly sheet and space
for insertion of data.
3.04 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS
A. For Each Item of Equipment and Each System:
1. Description of unit or system, and component parts.
2. Identify function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions.
3. Include performance curves, with engineering data and tests.
4. Complete nomenclature and model number of replaceable parts.
B. Panelboard Circuit Directories: Provide electrical service characteristics, controls, and
communications; typed or hand written.
C. Include color coded wiring diagrams as installed.
D. Operating Procedures: Include start-up, break-in, and routine normal operating
instructions and sequences. Include regulation, control, stopping, shut-down, and
emergency instructions. Include summer, winter, and any special operating instructions.
E. Maintenance Requirements: Include routine procedures and guide for preventative
maintenance and troubleshooting; disassembly, repair, and reassembly instructions; and
alignment, adjusting, balancing, and checking instructions.
F. Provide servicing and lubrication schedule, and list of lubricants required.
G. Include manufacturer's printed operation and maintenance instructions.
H. Include sequence of operation by controls manufacturer.
I. Provide original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings, and
diagrams required for maintenance.
J. Provide control diagrams by controls manufacturer as installed.
K. Provide Contractor's coordination drawings, with color coded piping diagrams as
installed.
L. Provide list of original manufacturer's spare parts, current prices, and recommended
quantities to be maintained in storage.
M. Include test and balancing reports.
N. Additional Requirements: As specified in individual product specification sections.
3.05 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. Prepare instructions and data by personnel experienced in maintenance and operation of
described products.
CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
01780 - 3
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
D
BI
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
B. Prepare data in the form of an instructional manual.
C. Binders: Commercial quality, 8-1/2 by 11 inch (216 by 280 mm) three D side ring
binders with durable plastic covers; 2 inch (50 mm) maximum ring size. When multiple
binders are used, correlate data into related consistent groupings.
D. Cover: Identify each binder with typed or printed title OPERATION AND
MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS; identify title of Project; identify subject matter of
contents.
E. Provide tabbed dividers for each separate product and system, with typed description of
product and major component parts of equipment.
F. Text: Manufacturer's printed data, or typewritten data on 24 pound paper.
G. Drawings: Provide with reinforced punched binder tab. Bind in with text; fold larger
drawings to size of text pages.
H. Arrange content by systems under section numbers and sequence of Table of Contents
of this Project Manual.
I. Contents: Prepare a Table of Contents for each volume, with each product or system
description identified, in three parts as follows:
1. Part 1: Directory, listing names, addresses, and telephone numbers of Department,
Contractor, Subcontractors, and major equipment suppliers.
2. Part 2: Operation and maintenance instructions arranged by system and subdivided
by specification section. For each category, identify names, addresses, and
telephone numbers of Subcontractors and suppliers. Identify the following:
a. Significant design criteria.
b. List of equipment.
c. Parts list for each component.
d. Operating instructions.
e. Maintenance instructions for equipment and systems.
f. Maintenance instructions for special finishes, including recommended
cleaning methods and materials, and special precautions identifying
detrimental agents.
3. Part 3: Project documents and certificates, including the following:
a. Shop drawings and product data.
b. Air and water balance reports.
c. Certificates.
d. Photocopies of warranties and bonds.
J. Provide a listing in Table of Contents for design data, with tabbed dividers and space
for insertion of data.
K. Table of Contents: Provide title of Project; names, addresses, and telephone numbers of
Department, Consultants, and Contractor with name of responsible parties; schedule of
products and systems, indexed to content of the volume.
CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
01780 - 4
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
3.06 WARRANTIES AND BONDS
A. Obtain warranties and bonds, executed in duplicate by responsible Subcontractors,
suppliers, and manufacturers, within 10 days after completion of the applicable item of
work. Except for items put into use with Department's permission, leave date of
beginning of time of warranty until the Date of Substantial completion is determined.
B. Verify that documents are in proper form, contain full information, and are notarized.
C. Co-execute submittals when required.
D. Retain warranties and bonds until time specified for submittal.
E. Manual: Bind in commercial quality 8-1/2 by 11 inch (216 by 279 mm) three D side
ring binders with durable plastic covers.
F. Cover: Identify each binder with typed or printed title WARRANTIES AND BONDS,
with title of Project; name, address and telephone number of Contractor and equipment
supplier; and name of responsible company principal.
G. Table of Contents: Neatly typed, in the sequence of the Table of Contents of the Project
Manual, with each item identified with the number and title of the specification section
in which specified, and the name of product or work item.
H. Separate each warranty or bond with index tab sheets keyed to the Table of Contents
listing. Provide full information, using separate typed sheets as necessary. List
Subcontractor, supplier, and manufacturer, with name, address, and telephone number
of responsible principal.
3.07 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Payment for all work performed under this section shall be made at the lump sum bid
price under each contract for the following pay item:
D
BI
1. "Mobilization and Demobilization"
END OF SECTION
CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
01780 - 5
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
SECTION 01820
DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING
PART 1 GENERAL
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Demonstration of products and systems where indicated in specific specification
sections.
B. Training of Department personnel in operation and maintenance is required for:
1.
All software-operated systems.
2.
HVAC systems and equipment.
3.
Electrical systems and equipment.
4.
Items specified in individual product Sections.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01340 - Shop Drawings, Product data, and Samples for submittal
procedures.
B. Training Plan: The department will designate personnel to be trained; tailor training to
needs and skill-level of attendees.
Submit to Department for transmittal.
2.
Submit not less than four weeks prior to start of training.
3.
Revise and resubmit until acceptable.
4.
Provide an overall schedule showing all training sessions.
5.
Include at least the following for each training session:
a. Identification, date, time, and duration.
b. Description of products and/or systems to be covered.
c. Name of firm and person conducting training; include qualifications.
d. Intended audience, such as job description.
e. Objectives of training and suggested methods of ensuring adequate training.
f. Methods to be used, such as classroom lecture, live demonstrations, hands-on,
etc.
g. Media to be used, such a slides, hand-outs, etc.
h. Training equipment required, such as projector, projection screen, etc., to be
provided by Contractor.
D
BI
1.
C. Training Manuals: Provide training manual for each attendee; allow for minimum of
two attendees per training session.
1.
Include applicable portion of O&M manuals.
DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING
01820 - 1
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
2.
Include copies of all hand-outs, slides, overheads, video presentations, etc., that are
not included in O&M manuals.
3.
Provide one extra copy of each training manual to be included with operation and
maintenance data.
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
D. Training Reports:
1.
Identification of each training session, date, time, and duration.
2. Sign-in sheet showing names and job titles of attendees.
3. List of attendee questions and written answers given, including copies of and
references to supporting documentation required for clarification; include answers
to questions that could not be answered in original training session.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Instructor Qualifications: Familiar with design, operation, maintenance and
troubleshooting of the relevant products and systems.
1.
Provide as instructors the most qualified trainer of those contractors and/or
installers who actually supplied and installed the systems and equipment.
2.
Where a single person is not familiar with all aspects, provide specialists with
necessary qualifications.
PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 DEMONSTRATION - GENERAL
A. Demonstrations conducted during system start-up do not qualify as demonstrations for
the purposes of this section, unless approved in advance by the Department.
B. Demonstration may be combined with the Department personnel training if applicable.
D
BI
C. Operating Equipment and Systems: Demonstrate operation in all modes, including
start-up, shut-down, seasonal changeover, emergency conditions, and troubleshooting,
and maintenance procedures, including scheduled and preventive maintenance.
1.
Perform demonstrations prior to Final Inspection.
2.
For equipment or systems requiring seasonal operation, perform demonstration for
other season within six months.
D. Non-Operating Products: Demonstrate cleaning, scheduled and preventive
maintenance, and repair procedures.
1.
Perform demonstrations prior to Final Inspection.
3.02 TRAINING - GENERAL
A. Conduct training on-site unless otherwise indicated.
B. Department will provide classroom and seating at no cost to Contractor.
DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING
01820 - 2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
C. Provide training in minimum two hour segments.
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
D. Training schedule will be subject to availability of the Department's personnel to be
trained; re-schedule training sessions as required by the Department; once schedule has
been approved by Department failure to conduct sessions according to schedule will be
cause for Department to charge Contractor for personnel "show-up" time.
E. Review of Facility Policy on Operation and Maintenance Data: During training
discuss:
1.
The location of the O&M manuals and procedures for use and preservation; backup
copies.
2.
Typical contents and organization of all manuals, including explanatory
information, system narratives, and product specific information.
3.
Typical uses of the O&M manuals.
F. Product- and System-Specific Training:
1.
Review the applicable O&M manuals.
2.
For systems, provide an overview of system operation, design parameters and
constraints, and operational strategies.
3.
Review instructions for proper operation in all modes, including start-up,
shut-down, seasonal changeover and emergency procedures, and for maintenance,
including preventative maintenance.
4. Provide hands-on training on all operational modes possible and preventive
maintenance.
5.
Emphasize safe and proper operating requirements; discuss relevant health and
safety issues and emergency procedures.
6.
Discuss common troubleshooting problems and solutions.
7. Discuss any peculiarities of equipment installation or operation.
8.
Discuss warranties and guarantees, including procedures necessary to avoid voiding
coverage.
D
BI
9. Review recommended tools and spare parts inventory suggestions of
manufacturers.
10. Review spare parts and tools required to be furnished by Contractor.
11. Review spare parts suppliers and sources and procurement procedures.
G. Be prepared to answer questions raised by training attendees; if unable to answer during
training session, provide written response within three days.
DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING
01820 - 3
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
3.03 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. All Work performed under this section shall be considered incidental and payment shall
be made under other sections of this specification.
D
BI
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
END OF SECTION DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING
01820 - 4
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
SECTION 07840
FIRESTOPPING
PART 1 GENERAL
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Firestopping systems.
B. Firestopping of all joints and penetrations in fire-resistance rated and smoke-resistant
assemblies, whether indicated on drawings or not, and other openings indicated.
1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASTM E119 - Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and
Materials; 2011.
B. ITS (DIR) - Directory of Listed Products; Intertek Testing Services NA, Inc.; current
edition.
C. FM 4991 - Approval of Firestop Contractors; Factory Mutual Research Corporation;
2001.
D. FM P7825 - Approval Guide; Factory Mutual Research Corporation; current edition.
E. UL (FRD) - Fire Resistance Directory; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; current edition.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01340 - Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples.
B. Schedule of Firestopping: List each type of penetration.
C. Product Data: Provide data on product characteristics, performance ratings, and
limitations.
D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate preparation and installation
instructions.
E. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified
requirements.
D
BI
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Fire Testing: Provide firestopping assemblies of designs that provide the scheduled
fire ratings when tested in accordance with methods indicated.
1. Listing in the current-year classification or certification books of UL, FM, or ITS
(Warnock Hersey) will be considered as constituting an acceptable test report.
2.
Valid evaluation report published by ICC Evaluation Service, Inc. (ICC-ES) at
www.icc-es.org will be considered as constituting an acceptable test report.
3.
Submission of actual test reports is required for assemblies for which none of the
above substantiation exists.
FIRESTOPPING
07840 - 1
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products
specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience.
C. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section
and:
Approved by Factory Mutual Research under FM Standard 4991, Approval of
Firestop Contractors, or meeting any two of the following requirements:.
2.
With minimum 3 years documented experience installing work of this type.
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
1.
1.05 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Comply with firestopping manufacturer's recommendations for temperature and
conditions during and after installation. Maintain minimum temperature before,
during, and for 3 days after installation of materials.
B. Provide ventilation in areas where solvent-cured materials are being installed.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 FIRESTOPPING SYSTEMS
A. Firestopping at Combustible Pipe and Conduit Penetrations, of diameter 4 inches (100
mm) or less: Any material meeting requirements.
2.02 MATERIALS
A. Firestopping Sealants: Provide only products having lower volatile organic compound
(VOC) content than required by South Coast Air Quality Management District Rule
No.1168.
B. Intumescent Putty: Compound that expands on exposure to surface heat gain;
conforming to the following:
1.
Potential Expansion: Minimum 1000 percent.
2.
Manufacturers:
a. RectorSeal: www.rectorseal.com.
b. 3M Fire Protection Products: www.3m.com/firestop.
c. Hilti, Inc: www.us.hilti.com.
d. Substitutions: See Section 01340 - Product Requirements.
BI
C. Primers, Sleeves, Forms, Insulation, Packing, Stuffing, and Accessories: Type required
for tested assembly design.
PART 3 EXECUTION
D
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify openings are ready to receive the work of this section.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Install materials in manner described in fire test report and in accordance with
manufacturer's instructions, completely closing openings.
FIRESTOPPING
07840 - 2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
3.03 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Payment for all performed under this section shall be made under the lump sum bid
price for the following pay item:
1. "HVAC Construction".
"Electrical Construction".
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
2.
D
BI
END OF SECTION FIRESTOPPING
07840 - 3
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
SECTION 07900
JOINT SEALERS
D
BI
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Sealants and joint backing.
B. Precompressed foam sealers.
C. Hollow gaskets.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 07840 - Firestopping: Firestopping sealants.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASTM C919 - Standard Practice for Use of Sealants in Acoustical Applications; 2012.
B. ASTM C920 - Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants; 2011.
C. ASTM C1193 - Standard Guide for Use of Joint Sealants; 2011a.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Provide data indicating sealant chemical characteristics, performance
criteria, substrate preparation, limitations, and color availability.
B. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures, surface
preparation, and perimeter conditions requiring special attention.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Maintain one copy of each referenced document covering installation requirements on
site.
1.06 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Maintain temperature and humidity recommended by the sealant manufacturer during
and after installation.
1.07 WARRANTY
A. See Section 01780 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements.
B. Correct defective work within a five year period after Date of Substantial Completion.
C. Warranty: Include coverage for installed sealants and accessories which fail to achieve
airtight seal, exhibit loss of adhesion or cohesion, or do not cure.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Gunnable and Pourable Sealants:
1. Adhesives Technology Corporation: www.atc.ws.
2. BASF Construction Chemicals-Building Systems:
www.buildingsystems.basf.com.
3. Bostik Inc: www.bostik-us.com.
4. Dow Corning Corporation: www.dowcorning.com.
5. Or approved equivalent.
JOINT SEALERS
07900 - 1
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
D
BI
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
B. Silicone Sealants:
1. Bostik Inc: www.bostik-us.com.
2. Momentive Performance Materials, Inc (formerly GE Silicones):
www.momentive.com.
3. Pecora Corporation: www.pecora.com.
4. Or approved equal.
C. Preformed Compressible Foam Sealers:
1. EMSEAL Joint Systems, Ltd: www.emseal.com.
2. Sandell Manufacturing Company, Inc: www.sandellmfg.com.
3. Dayton Superior Corporation: www.daytonsuperior.com.
4. Tremco Global Sealants: www.tremcosealants.com.
5. Or approved equal.
2.02 SEALANTS
A. General Purpose Exterior Sealant: Polyurethane; ASTM C920, Grade NS, Class 25,
Uses M, G, and A; single component.
1. Color: Match adjacent finished surfaces.
2. Applications: Use for:
a. Joints between concrete and other materials.
b. Joints between metal frames and other materials.
c. Other exterior joints for which no other sealant is indicated.
B. Exterior Metal Lap Joint Sealant: Butyl or polyisobutylene, nondrying, nonskinning,
noncuring.
1. Applications: Use for:
a. Concealed sealant bead in sheet metal work.
C. Sealant for Continuous Water Immersion: Polysulfide; ASTM C920, Grade NS, Class
25, Uses I, M, and A; approved by manufacturer for continuous water immersion;
single component.
1. Color: To be selected by Department from manufacturer's standard range.
D. Silicone Sealant: ASTM C920, Grade NS, Class 25, Uses NT, A, G, M, O; single
component, solvent curing, non-sagging, non-staining, fungus resistant, non-bleeding.
1. Color: Match adjacent finished surfaces.
2. Movement Capability: Plus and minus 25 percent.
3. Service Temperature Range: -65 to 180 degrees F (-54 to 82 degrees C).
4. Shore A Hardness Range: 15 to 35.
2.03 ACCESSORIES
A. Primer: Non-staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application.
B. Joint Cleaner: Non-corrosive and non-staining type, recommended by sealant
manufacturer; compatible with joint forming materials.
C. Joint Backing: Round foam rod compatible with sealant; closed cell polyethylene;
oversized 30 to 50 percent larger than joint width.
D. Bond Breaker: Pressure sensitive tape recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit
application.
JOINT SEALERS
07900 - 2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
D
BI
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that substrate surfaces are ready to receive work.
B. Verify that joint backing and release tapes are compatible with sealant.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Remove loose materials and foreign matter that could impair adhesion of sealant.
B. Clean and prime joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
C. Perform preparation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and ASTM C1193.
D. Protect elements surrounding the work of this section from damage or disfigurement.
3.03 INSTALLATION
A. Perform work in accordance with sealant manufacturer's requirements for preparation
of surfaces and material installation instructions.
B. Perform installation in accordance with ASTM C1193.
C. Perform acoustical sealant application work in accordance with ASTM C919.
D. Measure joint dimensions and size joint backers to achieve width-to-depth ratio, neck
dimension, and surface bond area as recommended by manufacturer.
E. Install bond breaker where joint backing is not used.
F. Install sealant free of air pockets, foreign embedded matter, ridges, and sags.
G. Apply sealant within recommended application temperature ranges. Consult
manufacturer when sealant cannot be applied within these temperature ranges.
H. Tool joints concave.
I. Precompressed Foam Sealant: Do not stretch; avoid joints except at corners, ends, and
intersections; install with face 1/8 to 1/4 inch (3 to 6 mm) below adjoining surface.
J. Compression Gaskets: Avoid joints except at ends, corners, and intersections; seal all
joints with adhesive; install with face 1/8 to 1/4 inch (3 to 6 mm) below adjoining
surface.
3.04 CLEANING
A. Clean adjacent soiled surfaces.
3.05 PROTECTION
A. Protect sealants until cured.
3.06 SCHEDULE
A. Lap Joints in Exterior Sheet Metal Work:
B. Butt Joints in Exterior Metal Work and Siding:
C. Joints Between Exterior Metal Frames and Adjacent Work (except masonry):
JOINT SEALERS
07900 - 3
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
3.07 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
D
BI
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
A. Payment for all work performed under this section shall be made under the lump sum
bid price for the following pay items.
1. "HVAC Construction".
2. "Electrical Construction".
END OF SECTION
JOINT SEALERS
07900 - 4
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
SECTION 16050
MINOR ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION
D
BI
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Electrical demolition.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
A. Materials and equipment for patching and extending work: As specified in individual
sections.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify field measurements and circuiting arrangements are as shown on Drawings.
B. Verify that abandoned wiring and equipment serve only abandoned facilities.
C. Demolition drawings are based on casual field observation and existing record
documents.
D. Report discrepancies to Department before disturbing existing installation.
E. Beginning of demolition means installer accepts existing conditions.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Disconnect electrical systems in walls, floors, and ceilings to be removed.
B. Provide temporary wiring and connections to maintain existing systems in service
during construction. When work must be performed on energized equipment or circuits,
use personnel experienced in such operations.
C. Existing Electrical Service: Maintain existing system in service until new system is
complete and ready for service. Disable system only to make switchovers and
connections. Minimize outage duration.
1. Obtain permission from Department at least 24 hours before partially or
completely disabling system.
2. Make temporary connections to maintain service in areas adjacent to work area.
3.03 DEMOLITION AND EXTENSION OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL WORK
A. Remove, relocate, and extend existing installations to accommodate new construction.
B. Remove abandoned wiring to source of supply.
C. Remove exposed abandoned conduit, including abandoned conduit above accessible
ceiling finishes. Cut conduit flush with walls and floors, and patch surfaces.
D. Disconnect and remove abandoned panelboards and distribution equipment.
E. Disconnect and remove electrical devices and equipment serving utilization equipment
that has been removed.
F. Repair adjacent construction and finishes damaged during demolition and extension
work.
MINOR ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION
16050 - 1
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
D
BI
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
G. Maintain access to existing electrical installations that remain active. Modify
installation or provide access panel as appropriate.
H. Extend existing installations using materials and methods compatible with existing
electrical installations, or as specified.
3.04 CLEANING AND REPAIR
A. Clean and repair existing materials and equipment that remain or that are to be reused.
B. Panelboards: Clean exposed surfaces and check tightness of electrical connections.
Replace damaged circuit breakers and provide closure plates for vacant positions.
Provide typed circuit directory showing revised circuiting arrangement.
3.05 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Payment for all work performed under this section shall be made under the lump sum
bid price for the following pay item.
1. "Electrical Demolition"
END OF SECTION
MINOR ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION
16050 - 2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
D
BI
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
SECTION 16060
GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Grounding and bonding requirements.
B. Conductors for grounding and bonding.
C. Connectors for grounding and bonding.
1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction; National
Electrical Contractors Association; 2010.
B. NETA STD ATS - Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution
Equipment and Systems; International Electrical Testing Association; 2009.
C. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association; Most
Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable
Amendments and Supplements.
D. UL 467 - Grounding and Bonding Equipment; Current Edition, Including All
Revisions.
1.03 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Coordination:
1. Notify Department of any conflicts with or deviations from the contract
documents. Obtain direction before proceeding with work.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01340 - Administrative Requirements for submittals procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for
grounding and bonding system components.
C. Shop Drawings:
1. Indicate proposed arrangement for signal reference grids. Include locations of
items to be bonded and methods of connection.
D. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of use
stipulated by product testing agency. Include instructions for storage, handling,
protection, examination, preparation, and installation of product.
E. Field quality control test reports.
F. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of grounding electrode system
components and connections.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70.
B. Maintain at the project site a copy of each referenced document that prescribes
execution requirements.
GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
16060- 1
D
BI
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
C. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products
specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience.
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Receive, inspect, handle, and store products in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 GROUNDING AND BONDING REQUIREMENTS
A. Existing Work: Where existing grounding and bonding system components are
indicated to be reused, they may be reused only where they are free from corrosion,
integrity and continuity are verified, and where acceptable to the authority having
jurisdiction.
B. Do not use products for applications other than as permitted by NFPA 70 and product
listing.
C. Unless specifically indicated to be excluded, provide all required components,
conductors, connectors, conduit, boxes, fittings, supports, accessories, etc. as necessary
for a complete grounding and bonding system.
D. Where conductor size is not indicated, size to comply with NFPA 70 but not less than
applicable minimum size requirements specified.
E. Bonding and Equipment Grounding:
1. Provide bonding for equipment grounding conductors, equipment ground busses,
metallic equipment enclosures, metallic raceways and boxes, device grounding
terminals, and other normally non-current-carrying conductive materials enclosing
electrical conductors/equipment or likely to become energized as indicated and in
accordance with NFPA 70.
2. Provide insulated equipment grounding conductor in each feeder and branch
circuit raceway. Do not use raceways as sole equipment grounding conductor.
3. Where circuit conductor sizes are increased for voltage drop, increase size of
equipment grounding conductor proportionally in accordance with NFPA 70.
4. Unless otherwise indicated, connect wiring device grounding terminal to branch
circuit equipment grounding conductor and to outlet box with bonding jumper.
5. Terminate branch circuit equipment grounding conductors on solidly bonded
equipment ground bus only. Do not terminate on neutral (grounded) or
isolated/insulated ground bus.
6. Provide bonding jumper across expansion or expansion/deflection fittings provided
to accommodate conduit movement.
7. Provide bonding for interior metal piping systems in accordance with NFPA 70.
This includes, but is not limited to:
a. Metal water piping where not already effectively bonded to metal
underground water pipe used as grounding electrode.
b. Metal gas piping.
8. Provide bonding for interior metal air ducts.
GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
16060- 2
D
BI
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
F. Isolated Ground System:
1. Where isolated ground receptacles or other isolated ground connections are
indicated, provide separate isolated/insulated equipment grounding conductors.
2. Connect isolated/insulated equipment grounding conductors only to separate
isolated/insulated equipment ground busses.
3. Connect the isolated/insulated equipment grounding conductors to the solidly
bonded equipment ground bus only at the service disconnect or separately derived
system disconnect. Do not make any other connections between isolated ground
system and normal equipment ground system on the load side of this connection.
2.02 GROUNDING AND BONDING COMPONENTS
A. General Requirements:
1. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled by Underwriter's Laboratories Inc.
(UL) or testing firm acceptable to authority having jurisdiction as suitable for the
purpose indicated.
2. Provide products listed and labeled as complying with UL 467 where applicable.
B. Conductors for Grounding and Bonding, in addition to requirements of Section 16123:
1. Use insulated copper conductors unless otherwise indicated.
a. Exceptions:
1) Use bare copper conductors where installed underground in direct contact
with earth.
2) Use bare copper conductors where directly encased in concrete (not in
raceway).
C. Connectors for Grounding and Bonding:
1. Description: Connectors appropriate for the application and suitable for the
conductors and items to be connected; listed and labeled as complying with UL
467.
2. Unless otherwise indicated, use mechanical connectors, compression connectors,
or exothermic welded connections for accessible connections.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that work likely to damage grounding and bonding system components has been
completed.
B. Verify that field measurements are as shown on the drawings.
C. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Install grounding and bonding system components in a neat and workmanlike manner
in accordance with NECA 1.
C. Make grounding and bonding connections using specified connectors.
1. Remove appropriate amount of conductor insulation for making connections without
cutting, nicking or damaging conductors. Do not remove conductor strands to
facilitate insertion into connector.
GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
16060- 3
Remove nonconductive paint, enamel, or similar coating at threads, contact points,
and contact surfaces.
3. Exothermic Welds: Make connections using molds and weld material suitable for
the items to be connected in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
4. Mechanical Connectors: Secure connections according to manufacturer's
recommended torque settings.
5. Compression Connectors: Secure connections using manufacturer's recommended
tools and dies.
D. Identify grounding and bonding system components in accordance with Section 16075
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Perform inspection, testing, and adjusting in accordance with Section 01400.
B. Inspect and test in accordance with NETA STD ATS except Section 4.
C. Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA STD ATS, Section 7.13.
D. Perform ground electrode resistance tests under normally dry conditions. Precipitation
within the previous 48 hours does not constitute normally dry conditions.
E. Investigate and correct deficiencies where measured ground resistances do not comply
with specified requirements.
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
2.
D
BI
3.04 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Payment for all work performed under this section shall be made under the lump sum
bid price for the following pay item.
1. "Electrical Construction"
END OF SECTION
GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
16060- 4
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
SECTION 16070
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
PART 1 GENERAL
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Conduit and equipment supports.
B. Anchors and fasteners.
1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASTM A123/A123M - Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings
on Iron and Steel Products; 2009.
B. ICC-ES AC193 - Acceptance Criteria for Mechanical Anchors in Concrete Elements;
2010
C. ICC-ES AC308 - Acceptance Criteria for Post-Installed Adhesive Anchors in Concrete
Elements; 2009.
D. NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction; National
Electrical Contractors Association; 2010.
E. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association; Most Recent
Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable
Amendments and Supplements.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01340 - Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples for submittal
procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer’s catalog data for fastening systems.
C. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of use
stipulated by product testing agency. Include instructions for storage, handling,
protection, examination, preparation, and installation of product.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
BI
A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70.
B. Products: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable for the
purpose specified and indicated.
D
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Thomas & Betts Corporation: www.tnb.com.
B. Threaded Rod Company: www.threadedrod.com.
C. Or approved equal.
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
16070 - 1
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
2.02 MATERIALS
A. Hangers, Supports, Anchors, and Fasteners - General: Corrosion-resistant materials of
size and type adequate to carry the loads of equipment and conduit, including weight of
wire in conduit.
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
B. Supports: Fabricated of structural steel or formed steel members; galvanized.
C. Anchors and Fasteners:
1.
Do not use powder-actuated anchors, spring clips, or beam clamps.
2.
Steel Structural Elements: Use beam clamps, steel spring clips, steel ramset
fasteners, or welded fasteners.
3.
Concrete Surfaces: Use self-drilling anchors or expansion anchors.
4. Hollow Masonry, Plaster, and Gypsum Board Partitions: Use toggle bolts or
hollow wall fasteners.
5.
Sheet Metal: Use sheet metal screws.
6.
Wood Elements: Use wood screws.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install hangers and supports as required to adequately and securely support electrical
system components, in a neat and workmanlike manner, as specified in NECA 1.
1.
Do not fasten supports to pipes, ducts, mechanical equipment, or conduit.
2.
Do not drill or cut structural members.
B. Rigidly weld support members or use hexagon-head bolts to present neat appearance
with adequate strength and rigidity. Use spring lock washers under all nuts.
C. Install surface-mounted cabinets and panelboards with minimum of four anchors.
D. In wet and damp locations use steel channel supports to stand cabinets and panelboards
1 inch (25 mm) off wall.
E. Use sheet metal channel to bridge studs above and below cabinets and panelboards
recessed in hollow partitions.
D
BI
3.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Payment for all work performed under this section shall be made under the lump sum
bid price for the following pay item.
1.
"Electrical Construction"
END OF SECTION HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
16070 - 2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
SECTION 16075
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
PART 1 GENERAL
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Electrical identification requirements.
B. Identification nameplates and labels.
C. Wire and cable markers.
D. Voltage markers.
E. Warning signs and labels.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 16123 - Building Wire and Cable: Color coding for power conductors and
cables 600 V and less; vinyl color coding electrical tape.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ANSI Z535.2 - American National Standard for Environmental and Facility Safety
Signs; 2007.
B. ANSI Z535.4 - American National Standard for Product Safety Signs and Labels; 2007.
C. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association; Most Recent
Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable
Amendments and Supplements.
D. NFPA 70E - Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace; 2009.
E. UL 969 - Marking and Labeling Systems; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Coordination:
1.
Verify final designations for equipment, systems, and components to be identified
prior to fabrication of identification products.
B. Sequencing:
Do not conceal items to be identified, in locations such as above suspended
ceilings, until identification products have been installed.
2.
Do not install identification products until final surface finishes and painting are
complete.
D
BI
1.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01340 - Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples for submittal
procedures.
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
16075 - 1
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for each
product.
C. Shop Drawings: Provide schedule of items to be identified indicating proposed
designations, materials, legends, and formats.
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
D. Samples:
1.
Identification Nameplates: One of each type and color specified.
2.
Warning Signs and Labels: One of each type and legend specified.
E. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of use
stipulated by product testing agency. Include instructions for storage, handling,
protection, examination, preparation and installation of product.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70.
1.07 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Do not install adhesive products when ambient temperature is lower than recommended
by manufacturer.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 IDENTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS
A. Existing Work: Unless specifically excluded, identify existing elements to remain that
are not already identified in accordance with specified requirements.
B. Identification for Equipment:
D
BI
1.
Use identification nameplate to identify each piece of electrical distribution and
control equipment and associated sections, compartments, and components.
a. Motor Control Centers:
1) Identify ampere rating.
2) Identify voltage and phase.
3) Identify power source and circuit number. Include location when not
within sight of equipment.
4) Use identification nameplate to identify main overcurrent protective
device.
5) Use identification nameplate to identify load(s) served for each branch
device. Do not identify spares and spaces.
b. Enclosed switches, circuit breakers, and motor controllers:
1) Identify voltage and phase.
2) Identify power source and circuit number. Include location when not
within sight of equipment.
3) Identify load(s) served. Include location when not within sight of
equipment.
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
16075 - 2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
Enclosed Contactors:
1) Identify ampere rating.
2) Identify voltage and phase.
3) Identify configuration, e.g., E.O.E.H. (electrically operated, electrically
held) or E.O.M.H. (electrically operated, mechanically held).
4) Identify coil voltage.
5) Identify load(s) and associated circuits controlled. Include location.
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
c.
2.
Service Equipment:
a. Use identification nameplate to identify each service disconnecting means.
b. For buildings or structures supplied by more than one service, or any
combination of branch circuits, feeders, and services, use identification
nameplate or means of identification acceptable to authority having jurisdiction
at each service disconnecting means to identify all other services, feeders, and
branch circuits supplying that building or structure. Verify format and
descriptions with authority having jurisdiction.
c. Use identification nameplate at each piece of service equipment to identify the
available fault current and the date calculations were performed.
3.
Arc Flash Hazard Warning Labels: Use warning labels to identify arc flash
hazards for electrical equipment, such as switchboards, panelboards, industrial
control panels, meter socket enclosures, and motor control centers that are likely to
require examination, adjustment, servicing, or maintenance while energized.
a. Minimum Size: 3.5 by 5 inches (89 mm by 127 mm).
b. Legend: Provide custom legend in accordance with NFPA 70E based on
equipment-specific data:
1) Include orange header that reads "WARNING" where calculated incident
energy is less than 40 calories per square cm.
2) Include red header that reads "DANGER" where calculated incident
energy is 40 calories per square cm or greater.
3) Include the text "Arc Flash and Shock Hazard; Appropriate PPE
Required" or approved equivalent.
C. Identification for Conductors and Cables:
1. Color Coding for Power Conductors 600 V and Less: Comply with Section
16123.
D
BI
2.
Use identification nameplate or identification label to identify color code for
ungrounded and grounded power conductors inside door or enclosure at each piece
of feeder or branch-circuit distribution equipment when premises has feeders or
branch circuits served by more than one nominal voltage system.
D. Identification for Boxes:
1.
Use voltage markers to identify highest voltage present.
2.
Use voltage markers or color coded boxes to identify systems other than normal
power system.
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
16075 - 3
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
3.
Use identification labels or handwritten text using indelible marker to identify
circuits enclosed.
2.02 IDENTIFICATION NAMEPLATES AND LABELS
A. Identification Nameplates:
Manufacturers:
a. Brimar Industries, Inc: www.brimar.com.
b. Kolbi Pipe Marker Co: www.kolbipipemarkers.com.
c. Seton Identification Products: www.seton.com.
2.
Materials:
a. Indoor Clean, Dry Locations: Use plastic nameplates.
3.
Plastic Nameplates: Two-layer or three-layer laminated acrylic or electrically
non-conductive phenolic with beveled edges; minimum thickness of 1/16 inch (1.6
mm); engraved text.
4.
Mounting Holes for Mechanical Fasteners: Two, centered on sides for sizes up to
1 inch (25 mm) high; Four, located at corners for larger sizes.
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
1.
B. Identification Labels:
1. Manufacturers:
a. Brady Corporation: www.bradyid.com.
b. Brother International Corporation: www.brother-usa.com.
c. Panduit Corp: www.panduit.com.
d. Or Approved Equal.
2.
Materials: Use self-adhesive laminated plastic labels; UV, chemical, water, heat,
and abrasion resistant.
a. Use only for indoor locations.
3.
Text: Use factory pre-printed or machine-printed text. Do not use handwritten text
unless otherwise indicated.
C. Format for Equipment Identification:
1.
Minimum Size: 1 inch (25 mm) by 2.5 inches (64 mm).
D
BI
2. Legend:
a. Equipment designation or other approved description.
3.
Text: All capitalized unless otherwise indicated.
4.
Minimum Text Height:
a. System Designation: 1 inch (25 mm).
b. Equipment Designation: 1/2 inch (13 mm).
c. Other Information: 1/4 inch (6 mm).
5. Color:
a. Normal Power System: White text on black background.
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
16075 - 4
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
D. Format for General Information and Operating Instructions:
Minimum Size: 1 inch (25 mm) by 2.5 inches (64 mm).
2.
Legend: Include information or instructions indicated or as required for proper
and safe operation and maintenance.
3.
Text: All capitalized unless otherwise indicated.
4.
Minimum Text Height: 1/4 inch (6 mm).
5.
Color: Black text on white background unless otherwise indicated.
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
1.
E. Format for Caution and Warning Messages:
1. Minimum Size: 2 inches (51 mm) by 4 inches (100 mm).
2.
Legend: Include information or instructions indicated or as required for proper
and safe operation and maintenance.
3.
Text: All capitalized unless otherwise indicated.
4.
Minimum Text Height: 1/2 inch (13 mm).
5.
Color: Black text on yellow background unless otherwise indicated.
F. Format for Control Device Identification:
1.
Minimum Size: 3/8 inch (10 mm) by 1.5 inches (38 mm).
2.
Legend: Load controlled or other designation indicated.
3.
Text: All capitalized unless otherwise indicated.
4.
Minimum Text Height: 3/16 inch (5 mm).
5. Color: Black text on clear background.
2.03 WIRE AND CABLE MARKERS
A. Manufacturers:
1.
Brady Corporation: www.bradyid.com.
2.
HellermannTyton: www.hellermanntyton.com.
3.
Panduit Corp: www.panduit.com.
D
BI
4. Or approved equal..
B. Markers for Conductors and Cables: Use wrap-around self-adhesive vinyl cloth,
wrap-around self-adhesive vinyl self-laminating, heat-shrink sleeve, plastic sleeve,
plastic clip-on, or vinyl split sleeve type markers suitable for the conductor or cable to
be identified.
C. Markers for Conductor and Cable Bundles: Use plastic marker tags secured by nylon
cable ties.
D. Legend: Power source and circuit number or other designation indicated.
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
16075 - 5
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
E. Text: Use factory pre-printed or machine-printed text, all capitalized unless otherwise
indicated.
F. Minimum Text Height: 1/8 inch (3 mm).
G. Color: Black text on white background unless otherwise indicated.
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
2.04 VOLTAGE MARKERS
A. Manufacturers:
1.
Brady Corporation: www.bradyid.com.
2.
Brimar Industries, Inc: www.brimar.com.
3.
Seton Identification Products: www.seton.com.
4. Or approved equal..
B. Markers for Boxes and Equipment Enclosures: Use factory pre-printed self-adhesive
vinyl or self-adhesive vinyl cloth type markers.
C. Minimum Size:
1.
Markers for Equipment: 1 1/8 by 4 1/2 inches (29 by 110 mm).
2.
Markers for Conduits: As recommended by manufacturer for conduit size to be
identified.
3.
Markers for Pull Boxes: 1 1/8 by 4 1/2 inches (29 by 110 mm).
4.
Markers for Junction Boxes: 1/2 by 2 1/4 inches (13 by 57 mm).
D. Legend:
1.
Markers for Voltage Identification: Highest voltage present.
2.
Markers for System Identification:
E. Color: Black text on orange background unless otherwise indicated.
2.05 WARNING SIGNS AND LABELS
D
BI
A. Manufacturers:
1.
Brimar Industries, Inc: www.brimar.com.
2.
Clarion Safety Systems, LLC: www.clarionsafety.com.
3.
Seton Identification Products: www.seton.com.
4. Or approved equal..
B. Comply with ANSI Z535.2 or ANSI Z535.4 as applicable.
C. Warning Labels:
1.
Materials: Use factory pre-printed or machine-printed self-adhesive polyester, or
self-adhesive vinyl labels; UV, chemical, water, heat, and abrasion resistant;
produced using materials recognized to UL 969.
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
16075 - 6
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
2.
Machine-Printed Labels: Use thermal transfer process printing machines and
accessories recommended by label manufacturer.
3.
Minimum Size: 2 by 4 inches (51 mm by 102 mm) unless otherwise indicated.
PART 3 EXECUTION
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Install identification products to be plainly visible for examination, adjustment,
servicing, and maintenance. Unless otherwise indicated, locate products as follows:
1.
Surface-Mounted Equipment: Enclosure front.
2.
Flush-Mounted Equipment: Inside of equipment door.
3.
Free-Standing Equipment: Enclosure front; also enclosure rear for equipment with
rear access.
4.
Elevated Equipment: Legible from the floor or working platform.
5.
Branch Devices: Adjacent to device.
6.
Interior Components: Legible from the point of access.
7.
Conduits: Legible from the floor.
8.
Boxes: Outside face of cover.
9.
Conductors and Cables: Legible from the point of access.
C. Install identification products centered, level, and parallel with lines of item being
identified.
D. Secure nameplates to exterior surfaces of enclosures using stainless steel screws and to
interior surfaces using self-adhesive backing, or epoxy cement.
E. Install self-adhesive labels and markers to achieve maximum adhesion, with no bubbles
or wrinkles and edges properly sealed.
F. Mark all handwritten text, where permitted, to be neat and legible.
3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
BI
A. Replace self-adhesive labels and markers that exhibit bubbles, wrinkles, curling or other
signs of improper adhesion.
D
3.03 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Payment for all work performed under this section shall be made under the lump sum
bid price for the following pay item.
1.
"Electrical Construction"
END OF SECTION ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
16075 - 7
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
SECTION 16123
BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE
PART 1 GENERAL
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Single conductor building wire.
B. Wiring connectors.
C. Electrical tape.
D. Wire pulling lubricant.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 07840 - Firestopping.
B. Section 16075 - Electrical Identification: Identification products and requirements.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASTM B3 - Standard Specification for Soft or Annealed Copper Wire; 2001
(Reapproved 2007).
B. ASTM B8 - Standard Specification for Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors,
Hard, Medium-Hard, or Soft; 2011.
C. ASTM B787/B787M - Standard Specification for 19 Wire Combination
Unilay-Stranded Copper Conductors for Subsequent Insulation; 2004 (Reapproved
2009).
D. ASTM D3005 - Standard Specification for Low-Temperature Resistant Vinyl Chloride
Plastic Pressure-Sensitive Electrical Insulating Tape; 2010.
E. ASTM D4388 - Standard Specification for Nonmetallic Semi-Conducting and
Electrically Insulating Rubber Tapes; 2008.
F. NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction; National
Electrical Contractors Association; 2010.
D
BI
G. NEMA WC 70 - Power Cables Rated 2000 Volts or Less for the Distribution of
Electrical Energy; National Electrical Manufacturers Association; 2009 (ANSI/NEMA
WC 70/ICEA S-95-658).
H. NETA STD ATS - Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution
Equipment and Systems; International Electrical Testing Association; 2009.
I.
NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association; Most Recent
Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable
Amendments and Supplements.
J.
UL 44 - Thermoset-Insulated Wires and Cables; Current Edition, Including All
Revisions.
BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE
16123 - 1
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
K. UL 83 - Thermoplastic-Insulated Wires and Cables; Current Edition, Including All
Revisions.
L. UL 486A-486B - Wire Connectors; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
M. UL 486C - Splicing Wire Connectors; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
N. UL 486D - Sealed Wire Connector Systems; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
O. UL 510 - Polyvinyl Chloride, Polyethylene, and Rubber Insulating Tape; Current
Edition, Including All Revisions.
1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Coordination:
1. Coordinate sizes of raceways, boxes, and equipment enclosures installed under
other sections with the actual conductors to be installed, including adjustments for
conductor sizes increased for voltage drop.
2.
Coordinate with electrical equipment installed under other sections to provide
terminations suitable for use with the conductors to be installed.
3.
Notify Department of any conflicts with or deviations from the contract documents.
Obtain direction before proceeding with work.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01340 - Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples for submittal
procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for
conductors and cables, including detailed information on materials, construction,
ratings, listings, and available sizes, configurations, and stranding.
C. Design Data: Indicate voltage drop and ampacity calculations for aluminum
conductors substituted for copper conductors. Include proposed modifications to
raceways, boxes, wiring gutters, enclosures, etc. to accommodate substituted
conductors.
D. Field Quality Control Test Reports.
BI
E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations
of use stipulated by product testing agency. Include instructions for storage, handling,
protection, examination, preparation, and installation of product.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
D
A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70.
B. Maintain at the project site a copy of each referenced document that prescribes
execution requirements.
C. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products
specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience.
BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE
16123 - 2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Receive, inspect, handle, and store conductors and cables in accordance with
manufacturer's instructions.
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
1.08 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Do not install or otherwise handle thermoplastic-insulated conductors at temperatures
lower than 14 degrees F (-10 degrees C), unless otherwise permitted by manufacturer's
instructions. When installation below this temperature is unavoidable, notify
Department and obtain direction before proceeding with work.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 CONDUCTOR AND CABLE APPLICATIONS
A. Do not use conductors and cables for applications other than as permitted by NFPA 70
and product listing.
B. Provide single conductor building wire installed in suitable raceway unless otherwise
indicated, permitted, or required.
2.02 CONDUCTOR AND CABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Cerro Wire LLC: www.cerrowire.com.
B. Encore Wire Corporation: www.encorewire.com.
C. Southwire Company: www.southwire.com.
2.03 ALL CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
A. Provide products that comply with requirements of NFPA 70.
B. Provide products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable for
the purpose indicated.
C. Provide new conductors and cables manufactured not more than one year prior to
installation.
D. Unless specifically indicated to be excluded, provide all required conduit, boxes, wiring,
connectors, etc. as required for a complete operating system.
BI
F. Thermoplastic-Insulated Conductors and Cables: Listed and labeled as complying with
UL 83.
D
E. Comply with NEMA WC 70.
G. Thermoset-Insulated Conductors and Cables: Listed and labeled as complying with UL
44.
H. Conductor Material:
1.
Provide copper conductors only. Aluminum conductors are not acceptable for this
project. Conductor sizes indicated are based on copper.
BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE
16123 - 3
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
2.
Minimum Conductor Size:
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
I.
Copper Conductors: Soft drawn annealed, 98 percent conductivity, uncoated
copper conductors complying with ASTM B3, ASTM B8, or ASTM B787/B787M
unless otherwise indicated.
J.
1.
Branch Circuits: 12 AWG.
a. Exceptions:
1) 20 A, 120 V circuits longer than 75 feet (23 m): 10 AWG, for voltage
drop.
2) 20 A, 120 V circuits longer than 150 feet (46 m): 8 AWG, for voltage
drop.
2.
Control Circuits: 14 AWG.
Conductor Color Coding:
1. Color code conductors as indicated unless otherwise required by the authority
having jurisdiction. Maintain consistent color coding throughout project.
2.
Color Coding Method: Integrally colored insulation.
3. Color Code:
a. 240/120 V High-Leg Delta, 3 Phase, 4 Wire System:
1) Phase A: Black.
2) Phase B (High-Leg): Orange.
3) Phase C: Blue.
4) Neutral/Grounded: White.
b. 240/120 V, 1 Phase, 3 Wire System:
1) Phase A: Black.
2) Phase B: Red.
3) Neutral/Grounded: White.
c. Equipment Ground, All Systems: Green.
d. Isolated Ground, All Systems: Green with yellow stripe.
e. For modifications or additions to existing wiring systems, comply with existing
color code when existing code complies with NFPA 70 and is approved by the
authority having jurisdiction.
f. For control circuits, comply with manufacturer's recommended color code.
D
BI
2.04 SINGLE CONDUCTOR BUILDING WIRE
A. Manufacturers:
1.
Copper Building Wire:
a. Cerro Wire LLC: www.cerrowire.com.
b. Encore Wire Corporation: www.encorewire.com.
c. Southwire Company: www.southwire.com.
d. Or approved equal..
B. Description: Single conductor insulated wire.
BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE
16123 - 4
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
C. Conductor Stranding:
Feeders and Branch Circuits:
a. Size 10 AWG and Smaller: Solid.
b. Size 8 AWG and Larger: Stranded.
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
1.
2.
Control Circuits: Stranded.
D. Insulation Voltage Rating: 600 V.
E. Insulation:
1.
Copper Building Wire: Type THHN/THWN.
2.05 WIRING CONNECTORS
A. Description: Wiring connectors appropriate for the application, suitable for use with
the conductors to be connected, and listed as complying with UL 486A-486B or UL
486C as applicable.
B. Wiring Connectors for Splices and Taps:
1.
Copper Conductors Size 8 AWG and Smaller: Use twist-on insulated spring
connectors.
2.
Copper Conductors Size 6 AWG and Larger: Use mechanical connectors or
compression connectors.
1.
Provide terminal lugs for connecting conductors to equipment furnished with
terminations designed for terminal lugs.
2.
Provide compression adapters for connecting conductors to equipment furnished
with mechanical lugs when only compression connectors are specified.
3.
Where over-sized conductors are larger than the equipment terminations can
accommodate, provide connectors suitable for reducing to appropriate size, but not
less than required for the rating of the overcurrent protective device.
4.
Provide motor pigtail connectors for connecting motor leads in order to facilitate
disconnection.
5.
Copper Conductors Size 8 AWG and Larger: Use mechanical connectors or
compression connectors where connectors are required.
6.
Stranded Conductors Size 10 AWG and Smaller: Use crimped terminals for
connections to terminal screws.
7.
Conductors for Control Circuits: Use crimped terminals for all connections.
D
BI
C. Wiring Connectors for Terminations:
D. Do not use insulation-piercing or insulation-displacement connectors designed for use
with conductors without stripping insulation.
BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE
16123 - 5
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
E. Do not use push-in wire connectors as a substitute for twist-on insulated spring
connectors.
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
F. Twist-on Insulated Spring Connectors: Rated 600 V, 221 degrees F (105 degrees C)
for standard applications and 302 degrees F (150 degrees C) for high temperature
applications; pre-filled with sealant and listed as complying with UL 486D for damp
and wet locations.
1.
Manufacturers:
a. 3M: www.3m.com.
b. Ideal Industries, Inc: www.idealindustries.com.
c. NSI Industries LLC: www.nsiindustries.com.
d. Or approved equal.
G. Mechanical Connectors: Provide bolted type or set-screw type.
1.
Manufacturers:
a. Burndy: www.burndy.com.
b. Ilsco: www.ilsco.com.
c. Thomas & Betts Corporation: www.tnb.com.
d. Or approved equal.
H. Compression Connectors: Provide circumferential type or hex type crimp
configuration.
1.
I.
Manufacturers:
a. Burndy: www.burndy.com.
b. Ilsco: www.ilsco.com.
c. Thomas & Betts Corporation: www.tnb.com.
d. Or approved equal.
Crimped Terminals: Nylon-insulated, with insulation grip and terminal configuration
suitable for connection to be made.
1.
Manufacturers:
a. Burndy: www.burndy.com.
b. Ilsco: www.ilsco.com.
c. Thomas & Betts Corporation: www.tnb.com.
d. Or approved equal.
2.06 WIRING ACCESSORIES
D
BI
A. Electrical Tape:
1.
Manufacturers:
a. 3M: www.3m.com.
b. Plymouth Rubber Europa: www.plymouthrubber.com.
c. Or approved equal.
BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE
16123 - 6
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
Vinyl Color Coding Electrical Tape: Integrally colored to match color code
indicated; listed as complying with UL 510; minimum thickness of 7 mil (0.18
mm); resistant to abrasion, corrosion, and sunlight; suitable for continuous
temperature environment up to 221 degrees F (105 degrees C).
3.
Vinyl Insulating Electrical Tape: Complying with ASTM D3005 and listed as
complying with UL 510; minimum thickness of 7 mil (0.18 mm); resistant to
abrasion, corrosion, and sunlight; conformable for application down to 0 degrees F
(-18 degrees C) and suitable for continuous temperature environment up to 221
degrees F (105 degrees C).
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
2.
4.
Rubber Splicing Electrical Tape: Ethylene Propylene Rubber (EPR) tape,
complying with ASTM D4388; minimum thickness of 30 mil (0.76 mm); suitable
for continuous temperature environment up to 194 degrees F (90 degrees C) and
short-term 266 degrees F (130 degrees C) overload service.
5.
Electrical Filler Tape: Rubber-based insulating moldable putty, minimum
thickness of 125 mil (3.2 mm); suitable for continuous temperature environment up
to 176 degrees F (80 degrees C).
6.
Moisture Sealing Electrical Tape: Insulating mastic compound laminated to
flexible, all-weather vinyl backing; minimum thickness of 90 mil (2.3 mm).
B. Wire Pulling Lubricant: Listed; suitable for use with the conductors or cables to be
installed and suitable for use at the installation temperature.
1.
Manufacturers:
a. 3M: www.3m.com.
b. American Polywater Corporation: www.polywater.com.
c. Ideal Industries, Inc: www.idealindustries.com.
d. Or approved equal.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that interior of building has been protected from weather.
B. Verify that work likely to damage wire and cable has been completed.
C. Verify that raceways, boxes, and equipment enclosures are installed and are properly
sized to accommodate conductors and cables in accordance with NFPA 70.
BI
D. Verify that field measurements are as shown on the drawings.
E. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work.
D
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Clean raceways thoroughly to remove foreign materials before installing conductors and
cables.
3.03 INSTALLATION
A. Circuiting Requirements:
BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE
16123 - 7
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
1.
Unless dimensioned, circuit routing indicated is diagrammatic.
2. When circuit destination is indicated and routing is not shown, determine exact
routing required.
3.
Arrange circuiting to minimize splices.
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
4. Include circuit lengths required to install connected devices within 10 ft (3.0 m) of
location shown.
5.
Maintain separation of Class 1, Class 2, and Class 3 remote-control, signaling, and
power-limited circuits in accordance with NFPA 70.
6.
Maintain separation of wiring for emergency systems in accordance with NFPA 70.
7.
Circuiting Adjustments: Unless otherwise indicated, when branch circuits are
shown as separate, combining them together in a single raceway is not permitted.
8.
Common Neutrals: Unless otherwise indicated, sharing of neutral/grounded
conductors among up to three single phase branch circuits of different phases
installed in the same raceway is not permitted. Provide dedicated neutral/grounded
conductor for each individual branch circuit.
B. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
C. Install conductors and cable in a neat and workmanlike manner in accordance with
NECA 1.
D. Installation in Raceway:
1.
Tape ends of conductors and cables to prevent infiltration of moisture and other
contaminants.
2.
Pull all conductors and cables together into raceway at same time.
3.
Do not damage conductors and cables or exceed manufacturer's recommended
maximum pulling tension and sidewall pressure.
4.
Use suitable wire pulling lubricant where necessary, except when lubricant is not
recommended by the manufacturer.
D
BI
E. Paralleled Conductors: Install conductors of the same length and terminate in the same
manner.
F. Secure and support conductors and cables in accordance with NFPA 70 using suitable
supports and methods approved by the authority having jurisdiction. Provide
independent support from building structure. Do not provide support from raceways,
piping, ductwork, or other systems.
1.
Installation Above Suspended Ceilings: Do not provide support from ceiling
support system. Do not provide support from ceiling grid or allow conductors and
cables to lay on ceiling tiles.
2.
Installation in Vertical Raceways: Provide supports where vertical rise exceeds
permissible limits.
BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE
16123 - 8
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
G. Terminate cables using suitable fittings.
Armored Cable (Type AC):
a. Use listed fittings and anti-short, insulating bushings.
b. Cut cable armor only using specialized tools to prevent damaging conductors
or insulation. Do not use hacksaw or wire cutters to cut armor.
c. Do not use direct-bearing set-screw type fittings for cables with aluminum
armor.
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
1.
2.
Metal-Clad Cable (Type MC):
a. Use listed fittings.
b. Cut cable armor only using specialized tools to prevent damaging conductors
or insulation. Do not use hacksaw or wire cutters to cut armor.
H. Install conductors with a minimum of 12 inches (300 mm) of slack at each outlet.
I.
Neatly train and bundle conductors inside boxes, wireways, panelboards and other
equipment enclosures.
J.
Make wiring connections using specified wiring connectors.
1.
Make splices and taps only in accessible boxes. Do not pull splices into raceways
or make splices in conduit bodies or wiring gutters.
2.
Remove appropriate amount of conductor insulation for making connections
without cutting, nicking or damaging conductors.
3.
Do not remove conductor strands to facilitate insertion into connector.
4.
Clean contact surfaces on conductors and connectors to suitable remove corrosion,
oxides, and other contaminates. Do not use wire brush on plated connector
surfaces.
5.
Mechanical Connectors: Secure connections according to manufacturer's
recommended torque settings.
6.
Compression Connectors: Secure connections using manufacturer's recommended
tools and dies.
K. Insulate splices and taps that are made with uninsulated connectors using methods
suitable for the application, with insulation and mechanical strength at least equivalent
to unspliced conductors.
Dry Locations: Use insulating covers specifically designed for the connectors,
electrical tape, or heat shrink tubing.
a. For taped connections, first apply adequate amount of rubber splicing electrical
tape or electrical filler tape, followed by outer covering of vinyl insulating
electrical tape.
2.
Damp Locations: Use insulating covers specifically designed for the connectors,
electrical tape, or heat shrink tubing.
a. For connections with insulating covers, apply outer covering of moisture
sealing electrical tape.
D
BI
1.
BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE
16123 - 9
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
b.
3.
For taped connections, follow same procedure as for dry locations but apply
outer covering of moisture sealing electrical tape.
Wet Locations: Use heat shrink tubing.
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
L. Insulate ends of spare conductors using vinyl insulating electrical tape.
M. Identify conductors and cables in accordance with Section 16075.
N. Install firestopping to preserve fire resistance rating of partitions and other elements,
using materials and methods specified in Section 07840.
O. Unless specifically indicated to be excluded, provide final connections to all equipment
and devices, including those furnished by others, as required for a complete operating
system.
3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspect and test in accordance with NETA STD ATS, except Section 4.
B. Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA STD ATS, Section 7.3.2. The insulation
resistance test is required for all conductors. The resistance test for parallel conductors
listed as optional is not required.
1.
Disconnect surge protective devices (SPDs) prior to performing any high potential
testing. Replace SPDs damaged by performing high potential testing with SPDs
connected.
C. Correct deficiencies and replace damaged or defective conductors and cables.
3.05 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Payment for all work performed under this section shall be made under the lump sum
bid price for the following pay item.
1.
"Electrical Construction"
D
BI
END OF SECTION BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE
16123 - 10
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
SECTION 16131
CONDUIT
PART 1 GENERAL
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Flexible metal conduit (FMC).
B. Liquidtight flexible metal conduit (LFMC).
C. PVC-coated galvanized steel rigid metal conduit (RMC)
D. Electrical metallic tubing (EMT).
E. Electrical nonmetallic tubing (ENT).
F. Liquidtight flexible nonmetallic conduit (LFNC).
G. Conduit fittings.
H. Accessories.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 07840 - Firestopping.
B. Section 16123 - Building Wire and Cable.
C. Section 16070 - Hangers and Supports.
D. Section 16138 - Boxes.
E. Section 16075 - Electrical Identification: Identification products and requirements.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ANSI C80.3 - American National Standard for Steel Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT);
2005.
B. NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction; National
Electrical Contractors Association; 2010.
D
BI
C. NECA 101 - Standard for Installing Steel Conduits (Rigid, IMC, EMT); National
Electrical Contractors Association; 2006.
D. NEMA FB 1 - Fittings, Cast Metal Boxes, and Conduit Bodies for Conduit, Electrical
Metallic Tubing, and Cable; National Electrical Manufacturers Association; 2007.
E. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association; Most Recent
Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable
Amendments and Supplements.
F. UL 1 - Flexible Metal Conduit; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
G. UL 6 - Electrical Rigid Metal Conduit-Steel; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
H. UL 360 - Liquid-Tight Flexible Steel Conduit; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
CONDUIT
16131 - 1
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
I.
UL 514B - Conduit, Tubing, and Cable Fittings; Current Edition, Including All
Revisions.
J.
UL 797 - Electrical Metallic Tubing-Steel; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
K. UL 886 - Outlet Boxes and Fittings for Use in Hazardous (Classified) Locations;
Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
L. UL 1653 - Electrical Nonmetallic Tubing; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
M. UL 1660 - Liquid-Tight Flexible Nonmetallic Conduit; Current Edition, Including All
Revisions.
1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Coordination:
1.
Coordinate minimum sizes of conduits with the actual conductors to be installed,
including adjustments for conductor sizes increased for voltage drop.
2.
Coordinate the arrangement of conduits with structural members, ductwork, piping,
equipment and other potential conflicts installed under other sections or by others.
3.
Verify exact conduit termination locations required for boxes, enclosures, and
equipment installed under other sections or by others.
4.
Coordinate the work with other trades to provide roof penetrations that preserve the
integrity of the roofing system and do not void the roof warranty.
5.
Notify Department of any conflicts with or deviations from the contract documents.
Obtain direction before proceeding with work.
B. Sequencing:
1.
Do not begin installation of conductors and cables until installation of conduit is
complete between outlet, junction and splicing points.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01340 - Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples.
B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for
conduits and fittings.
C. Shop Drawings:
D. Project Record Documents: Record actual routing for conduits 2 inch (53 mm) trade
size and larger.
D
BI
1. Include proposed locations of roof penetrations and proposed methods for sealing.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70.
B. Maintain at the project site a copy of each referenced document that prescribes
execution requirements.
CONDUIT
16131 - 2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Receive, inspect, handle, and store conduit and fittings in accordance with
manufacturer's instructions.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
2.01 CONDUIT APPLICATIONS
A. Do not use conduit and associated fittings for applications other than as permitted by
NFPA 70 and product listing.
B. Unless otherwise indicated and where not otherwise restricted, use the conduit types
indicated for the specified applications. Where more than one listed application applies,
comply with the most restrictive requirements. Where conduit type for a particular
application is not specified, use galvanized steel rigid metal conduit.
C. Concealed Above Accessible Ceilings: Use electrical metallic tubing (EMT).
D. Interior, Damp or Wet Locations: Use electrical metallic tubing (EMT).
E. Exposed, Interior, Not Subject to Physical Damage: Use electrical metallic tubing
(EMT).
F. Exposed, Interior, Subject to Physical Damage: Use galvanized steel rigid metal
conduit.
1. Locations subject to physical damage include, but are not limited to:
a. Where exposed below 8 feet (2.4 m), except within electrical and
communication rooms or closets.
G. Exposed, Exterior: Use PVC-coated galvanized steel rigid metal conduit.
H. Connections to Luminaires Above Accessible Ceilings: Use flexible metal conduit.
1.
I.
Maximum Length: 6 feet (1.8 m).
Connections to Vibrating Equipment:
1.
Dry Locations: Use flexible metal conduit.
BI
2. Damp, Wet, or Corrosive Locations: Use liquidtight flexible metal conduit.
Maximum Length: 6 feet (1.8 m) unless otherwise indicated.
4.
Vibrating equipment includes, but is not limited to:
a. Transformers.
b. Motors.
Fished in Existing Walls, Where Necessary: Use flexible metal conduit.
D
J.
3.
2.02 CONDUIT REQUIREMENTS
A. Existing Work: Where existing conduits are indicated to be reused, they may be reused
only where they comply with specified requirements, are free from corrosion, and
integrity is verified by pulling a mandrel through them.
CONDUIT
16131 - 3
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
B. Provide all conduit, fittings, supports, and accessories required for a complete raceway
system.
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
C. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled by Underwriter's Laboratories Inc. (UL)
or testing firm acceptable to authority having jurisdiction as suitable for the purpose
indicated.
D. Where conduit size is not indicated, size to comply with NFPA 70 but not less than
applicable minimum size requirements specified.
2.03 PVC-COATED GALVANIZED STEEL RIGID METAL CONDUIT (RMC)
A. Manufacturers:
1.
Thomas & Betts Corporation: www.tnb.com.
2.
Robroy Industries: www.robroy.com.
3. Or approved equal.
B. Description: NFPA 70, Type RMC galvanized steel rigid metal conduit with external
polyvinyl chloride (PVC) coating complying with NEMA RN 1 and listed and labeled
as complying with UL 6.
C. Exterior Coating: Polyvinyl chloride (PVC), nominal thickness of 40 mil (1.02 mm).
D. Interior Coating: Urethane, minimum thickness of 2 mil (0.05 mm).
E. PVC-Coated Fittings:
1.
Manufacturer: Same as manufacturer of PVC-coated conduit to be installed.
2.
Non-Hazardous Locations: Use fittings listed and labeled as complying with UL
514B.
3.
Hazardous (Classified) Locations: Use fittings listed and labeled as complying
with UL 886 for the classification of the installed location.
4.
Material: Use steel or malleable iron.
5.
Exterior Coating: Polyvinyl chloride (PVC), minimum thickness of 40 mil (1.02
mm).
F. PVC-Coated Supports: Furnish with exterior coating of polyvinyl chloride (PVC),
minimum thickness of 15 mil (0.38 mm).
D
BI
2.04 FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT (FMC)
A. Manufacturers:
1. AFC Cable Systems, Inc: www.afcweb.com.
2.
Electri-Flex Company: www.electriflex.com.
3.
International Metal Hose: www.metalhose.com.
4. Or approved equal.
CONDUIT
16131 - 4
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
B. Description: NFPA 70, Type FMC standard wall steel flexible metal conduit listed and
labeled as complying with UL 1, and listed for use in classified firestop systems to be
used.
C. Fittings:
Manufacturers:
a. Bridgeport Fittings Inc: www.bptfittings.com.
b. O-Z/Gedney, a brand of Emerson Industrial Automation:
www.emersonindustrial.com.
c. Thomas & Betts Corporation: www.tnb.com.
d. Or approved equal.
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
1.
2. Description: Fittings complying with NEMA FB 1 and listed and labeled as
complying with UL 514B.
3.
Material: Use steel or malleable iron.
2.05 LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT (LFMC)
A. Manufacturers:
1. AFC Cable Systems, Inc: www.afcweb.com.
2.
Electri-Flex Company: www.electriflex.com.
3.
International Metal Hose: www.metalhose.com.
4. Or approved equal.
B. Description: NFPA 70, Type LFMC polyvinyl chloride (PVC) jacketed steel flexible
metal conduit listed and labeled as complying with UL 360.
C. Fittings:
1.
Manufacturers:
a. Bridgeport Fittings Inc: www.bptfittings.com.
b. O-Z/Gedney, a brand of Emerson Industrial Automation:
www.emersonindustrial.com.
c. Thomas & Betts Corporation: www.tnb.com.
d. Or approved equal.
BI
2. Description: Fittings complying with NEMA FB 1 and listed and labeled as
complying with UL 514B.
3.
Material: Use steel or aluminum.
D
2.06 ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT)
A. Manufacturers:
1.
Allied Tube & Conduit: www.alliedeg.com.
2.
Republic Conduit: www.republic-conduit.com.
CONDUIT
16131 - 5
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
3. Wheatland Tube Company: www.wheatland.com.
4. Or approved equal.
B. Description: NFPA 70, Type EMT steel electrical metallic tubing complying with
ANSI C80.3 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 797.
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
C. Fittings:
1.
Manufacturers:
a. Bridgeport Fittings Inc: www.bptfittings.com.
b. O-Z/Gedney, a brand of Emerson Industrial Automation:
www.emersonindustrial.com.
c. Thomas & Betts Corporation: www.tnb.com.
d. Or approved equal.
2. Description: Fittings complying with NEMA FB 1 and listed and labeled as
complying with UL 514B.
3.
Material: Use steel or malleable iron.
a. Do not use die cast zinc fittings.
4.
Connectors and Couplings: Use compression (gland) or set-screw type.
a. Do not use indenter type connectors and couplings.
5.
Damp or Wet Locations (where permitted): Use fittings listed for use in wet
locations.
2.07 RIGID POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) CONDUIT
A. Manufacturers:
1.
Cantex Inc: www.cantexinc.com.
2.
Carlon, a brand of Thomas & Betts Corporation: www.carlon.com.
3.
JM Eagle: www.jmeagle.com.
4. Or approved equal.
B. Description: NFPA 70, Type PVC rigid polyvinyl chloride conduit complying with
NEMA TC 2 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 651; Schedule 40 unless
otherwise indicated, Schedule 80 where subject to physical damage; rated for use with
conductors rated 90 degrees C.
D
BI
C. Fittings:
1.
Manufacturer: Same as manufacturer of conduit to be connected.
2. Description: Fittings complying with NEMA TC 3 and listed and labeled as
complying with UL 651; material to match conduit.
2.08 ELECTRICAL NONMETALLIC TUBING (ENT)
A. Manufacturers:
1.
Cantex Inc: www.cantexinc.com.
CONDUIT
16131 - 6
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
2.
Carlon, a brand of Thomas & Betts Corporation: www.carlon.com.
3. Or approved equal.
B. Description: NFPA 70, Type ENT electrical nonmetallic tubing complying with
NEMA TC 13 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 1653.
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
C. Fittings:
1.
Manufacturer: Same as manufacturer of ENT to be connected or approved equal..
2.
Use solvent-welded type fittings.
3.
Solvent-Welded Fittings: Rigid PVC fittings complying with NEMA TC 3 and
listed and labeled as complying with UL 651; suitable for use with ENT.
2.09 LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE NONMETALLIC CONDUIT (LFNC)
A. Manufacturers:
1. AFC Cable Systems, Inc: www.afcweb.com.
2.
Electri-Flex Company: www.electriflex.com.
3.
International Metal Hose: www.metalhose.com.
4. Or approved equal.
B. Description: NFPA 70, Type LFNC liquidtight flexible nonmetallic conduit listed and
labeled as complying with UL 1660.
C. Fittings:
1.
Manufacturer: Same as manufacturer of conduit to be connected or approved
equal..
2. Description: Fittings complying with NEMA FB 1 and listed and labeled as
complying with UL 514B; suitable for the type of conduit to be connected.
2.10 ACCESSORIES
A. Corrosion Protection Tape: PVC-based, minimum thickness of 20 mil (0.51 mm).
B. Conduit Joint Compound: Corrosion-resistant, electrically conductive; suitable for use
with the conduit to be installed.
D
BI
C. Solvent Cement for PVC Conduit and Fittings: As recommended by manufacturer of
conduit and fittings to be installed.
D. Pull Strings: Use nylon cord with average breaking strength of not less than 200
pound-force (890 N).
E. Sealing Compound for Sealing Fittings: Listed for use with the particular fittings to be
installed.
F. Modular Seals for Conduit Penetrations: Rated for minimum of 40 psig; Suitable for
the conduits to be installed.
CONDUIT
16131 - 7
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
A. Verify that field measurements are as shown on drawings.
B. Verify that mounting surfaces are ready to receive conduits.
C. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Install conduit in a neat and workmanlike manner in accordance with NECA 1.
C. Install PVC-coated galvanized steel rigid metal conduit (RMC) using only tools
approved by the manufacturer.
D. Install rigid polyvinyl chloride (PVC) conduit in accordance with NECA 111.
E. Install electrical nonmetallic tubing (ENT) in accordance with NECA 111.
F. Install liquidtight flexible nonmetallic conduit (LFNC) in accordance with NECA 111.
1.
Unless dimensioned, conduit routing indicated is diagrammatic.
2.
When conduit destination is indicated and routing is not shown, determine exact
routing required.
3.
Conceal all conduits unless specifically indicated to be exposed.
4.
Conduits in the following areas may be exposed, unless otherwise indicated:
a. Electrical rooms.
b. Mechanical equipment rooms.
c. Within joists in areas with no ceiling.
5.
Unless otherwise approved, do not route conduits exposed:
a. Across floors.
b. Across roofs.
c. Across top of parapet walls.
d. Across building exterior surfaces.
6.
Arrange conduit to maintain adequate headroom, clearances, and access.
7.
Arrange conduit to provide no more than the equivalent of four 90 degree bends
between pull points.
8.
Route conduits above water and drain piping where possible.
9.
Arrange conduit to prevent moisture traps. Provide drain fittings at low points and
at sealing fittings where moisture may collect.
D
BI
G. Conduit Routing:
CONDUIT
16131 - 8
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
10. Maintain minimum clearance of 6 inches (150 mm) between conduits and piping
for other systems.
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
11. Maintain minimum clearance of 12 inches (300 mm) between conduits and hot
surfaces. This includes, but is not limited to:
a. Heaters.
b. Hot water piping.
c. Flues.
12. Group parallel conduits in the same area together on a common rack.
H. Conduit Support:
Secure and support conduits in accordance with NFPA 70 and Section 16070 using
suitable supports and methods approved by the authority having jurisdiction.
2.
Provide independent support from building structure. Do not provide support from
piping, ductwork, or other systems.
3.
Installation Above Suspended Ceilings: Do not provide support from ceiling
support system. Do not provide support from ceiling grid or allow conduits to lay
on ceiling tiles.
Connections and Terminations:
1.
Use approved zinc-rich paint or conduit joint compound on field-cut threads of
galvanized steel conduits prior to making connections.
2.
Where two threaded conduits must be joined and neither can be rotated, use
three-piece couplings or split couplings. Do not use running threads.
3.
Use suitable adapters where required to transition from one type of conduit to
another.
4.
Provide drip loops for liquidtight flexible conduit connections to prevent drainage
of liquid into connectors.
5.
Terminate threaded conduits in boxes and enclosures using threaded hubs or double
lock nuts for dry locations and raintight hubs for wet locations.
6.
Where spare conduits stub up through concrete floors and are not terminated in a
box or enclosure, provide threaded couplings equipped with threaded plugs set
flush with finished floor.
7.
Provide insulating bushings or insulated throats at all conduit terminations to
protect conductors.
8.
Secure joints and connections to provide maximum mechanical strength and
electrical continuity.
D
BI
I.
1.
J.
Penetrations:
1.
Do not penetrate or otherwise notch or cut structural members, including footings
and grade beams, without approval of Structural Engineer.
CONDUIT
16131 - 9
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
Make penetrations perpendicular to surfaces unless otherwise indicated.
3.
Provide sleeves for penetrations as indicated or as required to facilitate installation.
Set sleeves flush with exposed surfaces unless otherwise indicated or required.
4.
Conceal bends for conduit risers emerging above ground.
5.
Seal interior of conduits entering the building from underground at first accessible
point to prevent entry of moisture and gases.
6.
Provide suitable modular seal where conduits penetrate exterior wall below grade.
7.
Where conduits penetrate waterproof membrane, seal as required to maintain
integrity of membrane.
8.
Make penetrations for roof-mounted equipment within associated equipment
openings and curbs where possible to minimize roofing system penetrations. Where
penetrations are necessary, seal as indicated or as required to preserve integrity of
roofing system and maintain roof warranty. Include proposed locations of
penetrations and methods for sealing with submittals.
9.
Provide metal escutcheon plates for conduit penetrations exposed to public view.
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
2.
10. Install firestopping to preserve fire resistance rating of partitions and other
elements, using materials and methods specified in Section 07840.
K. Conduit Movement Provisions: Where conduits are subject to movement, provide
expansion and expansion/deflection fittings or approved flexible connections to prevent
damage to enclosed conductors or connected equipment. This includes, but is not
limited to:
1.
Where conduits cross structural joints intended for expansion, contraction, or
deflection.
2.
Where calculated in accordance with NFPA 70 for rigid polyvinyl chloride (PVC)
conduit installed above ground to compensate for thermal expansion and
contraction.
3.
Where conduits are subject to earth movement by settlement or frost.
D
BI
L. Condensation Prevention: Where conduits cross barriers between areas of potential
substantial temperature differential, provide sealing fitting or approved sealing
compound at an accessible point near the penetration to prevent condensation. This
includes, but is not limited to:
1.
Where conduits pass from outdoors into conditioned interior spaces.
2.
Where conduits pass from unconditioned interior spaces into conditioned interior
spaces.
M. Provide pull string in all empty conduits and in conduits where conductors and cables
are to be installed by others. Leave minimum slack of 12 inches (300 mm) at each end.
N. Identify conduits in accordance with Section 16075.
CONDUIT
16131 - 10
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Repair cuts and abrasions in galvanized finishes using zinc-rich paint recommended by
manufacturer. Replace components that exhibit signs of corrosion.
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
B. Correct deficiencies and replace damaged or defective conduits.
3.04 CLEANING
A. Clean interior of conduits to remove moisture and foreign matter.
3.05 PROTECTION
A. Immediately after installation of conduit, use suitable manufactured plugs to provide
protection from entry of moisture and foreign material and do not remove until ready for
installation of conductors.
3.06 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Payment for all work performed under this section shall be made under the lump sum
bid price for the following pay item.
1.
"Electrical construction"
D
BI
END OF SECTION CONDUIT
16131 - 11
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
SECTION 16138
BOXES
PART 1 GENERAL
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Wall and ceiling outlet boxes.
B. Pull and junction boxes.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 16075 - Electrical Identification: Identification products and requirements.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction; National
Electrical Contractors Association; 2010.
B. NEMA FB 1 - Fittings, Cast Metal Boxes, and Conduit Bodies for Conduit, Electrical
Metallic Tubing, and Cable; National Electrical Manufacturers Association; 2007.
C. NEMA OS 1 - Sheet Steel Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Covers, and Box Supports;
National Electrical Manufacturers Association; 2008.
D. NEMA OS 2 - Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Covers and Box Supports;
National Electrical Manufacturers Association; 2008.
E. NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum); National
Electrical Manufacturers Association; 2008.
F. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association; Most Recent
Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable
Amendments and Supplements.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01340 - Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples for submittal
procedures.
B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations and mounting heights of outlet,
pull, and junction boxes on project record documents.
D
BI
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70.
B. Products: Provide products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., as
suitable for the purpose specified and indicated.
BOXES
16138 - 1
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Appleton Electric: www.appletonelec.com.
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
B. Arc-Co./Division of Arcade Technology: www.arc-co.com.
C. Unity Manufacturing: www.unitymfg.com.
D. Or approved equal.
2.02 OUTLET BOXES
A. Sheet Metal Outlet Boxes: NEMA OS 1, galvanized steel.
1.
Luminaire and Equipment Supporting Boxes: Rated for weight of equipment
supported; include 1/2 inch (13 mm) male fixture studs where required.
B. Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes: NEMA OS 2.
2.03 PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES
A. Sheet Metal Boxes: NEMA OS 1, galvanized steel.
B. Surface Mounted Cast Metal Box: NEMA 250, Type 4; flat-flanged, surface mounted
junction box:
1.
Material: Galvanized cast iron.
2.
Cover: Furnish with ground flange, neoprene gasket, and stainless steel cover
screws.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify locations of boxes in offices and work areas prior to rough-in.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Install boxes securely, in a neat and workmanlike manner, as specified in NECA 1.
B. Install in locations as shown on Drawings, and as required for splices, taps, wire pulling,
equipment connections, and as required by NFPA 70.
C. Set wall mounted boxes at elevations to accommodate mounting heights indicated.
D
BI
D. Electrical boxes are shown on Drawings in approximate locations unless dimensioned.
1.
Adjust box locations up to 10 feet (3 m) if required to accommodate intended
purpose.
E. Maintain headroom and present neat mechanical appearance.
F. Install pull boxes and junction boxes above accessible ceilings and in unfinished areas
only.
BOXES
16138 - 2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
G. Inaccessible Ceiling Areas: Install outlet and junction boxes no more than 6 inches
(150 mm) from ceiling access panel or from removable recessed luminaire.
H. Align adjacent wall mounted outlet boxes for switches, thermostats, and similar devices.
Support boxes independently of conduit, except cast box that is connected to two rigid
metal conduits both supported within 12 inches (305 mm) of box.
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
I.
J.
Use gang box where more than one device is mounted together. Do not use sectional
box.
K. Large Pull Boxes: Use hinged enclosure in interior dry locations, surface-mounted cast
metal box in other locations.
L. Identify boxes in accordance with Section 16075.
3.03 ADJUSTING
A. Install knockout closures in unused box openings.
3.04 CLEANING
A. Clean interior of boxes to remove dust, debris, and other material.
B. Clean exposed surfaces and restore finish.
3.05 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Payment for all work performed under this section shall be made under the lump sum
bid price for the following pay item.
1.
"Electrical Construction"
D
BI
END OF SECTION BOXES
16138 - 3
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
SECTION 16145
LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES
PART 1 GENERAL
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Occupancy sensors.
B. Time switches.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 16138 - Boxes.
B. Section 16075 - Electrical Identification: Identification products and requirements.
C. Section 16155 - Equipment Wiring.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction; 2010.
B. NECA 130 - Standard for Installing and Maintaining Wiring Devices; National
Electrical Contractors Association; 2010.
C. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association; Most Recent
Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable
Amendments and Supplements.
D. UL 773 - Plug-in Locking Type Photocontrols for Use with Area Lighting; Current
Edition, Including All Revisions.
E. UL 773A - Nonindustrial Photoelectric Switches for Lighting Control; Current Edition,
Including All Revisions.
F. UL 916 - Energy Management Equipment; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
G. UL 917 - Clock-Operated Switches; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
1.
Coordinate the placement of lighting control devices with millwork, furniture,
equipment, etc. installed under other sections or by others.
BI
2.
Coordinate the placement of wall switch occupancy sensors with actual installed
door swings.
D
A. Coordination:
3.
Coordinate the placement of occupancy sensors with millwork, furniture,
equipment or other potential obstructions to motion detection coverage installed
under other sections or by others.
4.
Coordinate the placement of photo sensors for daylighting controls with windows,
skylights, and luminaires to achieve optimum operation.
LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES
16145 - 1
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
Coordinate placement with ductwork, piping, equipment, or other potential
obstructions to light level measurement installed under other sections or by others.
5.
Notify Department of any conflicts or deviations from the contract documents to
obtain direction prior to proceeding with work.
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01340 - Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples for submittal
procedures.
B. Product Data: Include ratings, configurations, standard wiring diagrams, dimensions,
colors, service condition requirements, and installed features.
1.
Occupancy Sensors: Include detailed motion detection coverage range diagrams.
C. Shop Drawings:
1.
Occupancy Sensors: Provide lighting plan indicating location, model number, and
orientation of each occupancy sensor and associated system component.
D. Field Quality Control Reports.
E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Include application conditions and limitations
of use stipulated by product testing agency. Include instructions for storage, handling,
protection, examination, preparation, and installation of product.
F. Operation and Maintenance Data: Include detailed information on device
programming and setup.
G. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Department's use in maintenance of
project.
1.
Extra Locking Receptacle-Mounted Outdoor Photo Controls: Five percent of total
quantity installed for each type, but not less than two of each type.
H. Project Record Documents: Record actual installed locations and settings for lighting
control devices.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70.
BI
B. Maintain at the project site a copy of each referenced document that prescribes
execution requirements.
C. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products
specified in this section with minimum three years of experience.
D
1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION
A. Store products in a clean, dry space in original manufacturer's packaging in accordance
with manufacturer's written instructions until ready for installation.
LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES
16145 - 2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
1.08 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Maintain field conditions within the manufacturers required service conditions during
and after installation.
1.09 WARRANTY
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
A. Provide five year manufacturer warranty for all occupancy sensors.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 ALL LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES
A. Provide products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable for
the purpose specified and indicated.
B. Unless specifically indicated to be excluded, provide all required conduit, wiring,
connectors, hardware, components, accessories, etc. as required for a complete
operating system.
2.02 OCCUPANCY SENSORS
A. Manufacturers:
1.
Hubbell Building Automation, Inc: www.hubbellautomation.com
2.
Sensor Switch Inc: www.sensorswitch.com.
3.
WattStopper; WT-600(restrooms), UW-200(janitor's closet):
www.wattstopper.com.
4. Or approved equal.
B. All Occupancy Sensors:
1.
Description: Factory-assembled commercial specification grade devices for indoor
use capable of sensing both major motion, such as walking, and minor motion, such
as small desktop level movements, according to published coverage areas, for
automatic control of load indicated.
3.
Provide LED to visually indicate motion detection with separate color LEDs for
each sensor type in dual technology units.
4.
Operation: Unless otherwise indicated, occupancy sensor to turn load on when
occupant presence is detected and to turn load off when no occupant presence is
detected during an adjustable turn-off delay time interval.
D
BI
2. Sensor Technology:
a. Ultrasonic Occupancy Sensors: Designed to detect occupancy by sensing
frequency shifts in emitted and reflected inaudible sound waves.
5. Turn-Off Delay: Field adjustable, up to a maximum time delay setting of not less
than 15 minutes and not more than 30 minutes.
6.
Sensitivity: Field adjustable.
LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES
16145 - 3
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
Adaptive Technology: Field selectable; capable of self-adjusting sensitivity and
time delay according to conditions.
8.
Compatibility: Suitable for controlling incandescent lighting, low-voltage lighting
with electronic and magnetic transformers, fluorescent lighting with electronic and
magnetic ballasts, and fractional motor loads, with no minimum load requirements.
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
7.
9.
Load Rating for Line Voltage Occupancy Sensors:
a. Incandescent Load: Not less than 800 W.
b. Fluorescent Load: Not less than 800 W at 120 V ac and 1,200 W at 277 V ac.
c. Motor Load: Not less than 1/6 HP.
C. Wall Switch Occupancy Sensors:
1.
All Wall Switch Occupancy Sensors:
a. Description: Occupancy sensors designed for installation in standard wall box
at standard wall switch mounting height with a field of view of 180 degrees,
integrated manual control capability, and no leakage current to load in off
mode.
b. Occupancy sensor to be field selectable as either manual-on/automatic-off or
automatic on/off.
c. Manual-Off Override Control: When used to turn off load while in
automatic-on mode, unit to revert back to automatic mode after no occupant
presence is detected during the delayed-off time interval.
2. Ultrasonic Wall Switch Occupancy Sensors: Capable of detecting motion within
an area of 400 square feet (37.2 sq m).
D. Ceiling Mounted Occupancy Sensors:
1. All Ceiling Mounted Occupancy Sensors:
a. Description: Low profile occupancy sensors designed for ceiling installation.
b. Unless otherwise indicated or required to control the load indicated on the
drawings, provide low voltage units, for use with separate compatible
accessory power packs.
c. Provide field selectable setting for disabling LED motion detector visual
indicator.
d. Occupancy sensor to be field selectable as either manual-on/automatic-off or
automatic on/off.
e. Finish: White unless otherwise indicated.
D
BI
2.
Ultrasonic Ceiling Mounted Occupancy Sensors:
a. Standard Range Sensors: Capable of detecting motion within an area of 1100
at a mounting height of 9 feet (2.7 m), with a field of view of 360 degrees.
1) Products:
(a) Wattstopper Model# WT-1100.
(b) Or approved equal.
LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES
16145 - 4
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
E. Power Packs for Low Voltage Occupancy Sensors:
Description: Plenum rated, self-contained low voltage class 2 transformer and
relay compatible with specified low voltage occupancy sensors for switching of
line voltage loads.
2.
Provide quantity and configuration of power and slave packs with all associated
wiring and accessories as required to control the load indicated on the drawings.
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
1.
3.
Input Supply Voltage: Dual rated for 120/277 V ac.
4.
Load Rating: As required to control the load indicated on the drawings.
F. Accessories:
1.
Provide heavy duty coated steel wire protective guards compatible with specified
occupancy sensors.
2.03 TIME SWITCHES
A. Manufacturers:
1.
Intermatic, Inc: www.intermatic.com.
2.
Paragon, a brand of Invensys Controls: www.invensyscontrols.com.
3.
Tork, a division of NSI Industries LLC: www.tork.com.
4.
Wattstopper; WT-1100.
5. Or approved equal.
B. Digital Electronic Time Switches:
Description: Factory-assembled solid state programmable controller with LCD
display, listed and labeled as complying with UL 916 or UL 917.
2.
Program Capability:
a. 12-Hour Time Switches: Adjustable from 5 minutes to 12 hours..
3.
Input Supply Voltage: 120 V ac unless otherwise indicated.
4.
Output Switch Configuration: As required to control the load indicated on the
drawings.
5.
Provide lockable enclosure; environmental type per NEMA 250 as specified for the
following installation locations:
BI
1.
PART 3 EXECUTION
D
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that field measurements are as shown on the drawings.
B. Verify that outlet boxes are installed in proper locations and at proper mounting heights
and are properly sized to accommodate devices and conductors in accordance with
NFPA 70.
LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES
16145 - 5
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
C. Verify that openings for outlet boxes are neatly cut and will be completely covered by
devices or wall plates.
D. Verify that final surface finishes are complete, including painting.
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
E. Verify that branch circuit wiring installation is completed, tested, and ready for
connection to lighting control devices.
F. Verify that the service voltage and ratings of lighting control devices are appropriate for
the service voltage and load requirements at the location to be installed.
G. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Provide extension rings to bring outlet boxes flush with finished surface.
B. Clean dirt, debris, plaster, and other foreign materials from outlet boxes.
3.03 INSTALLATION
A. Perform work in a neat and workmanlike manner in accordance with NECA 1 and,
where applicable, NECA 130, including mounting heights specified in those standards
unless otherwise indicated.
B. Coordinate locations of outlet boxes provided under Section 16138 as required for
installation of lighting control devices provided under this section.
1.
Mounting Heights: Unless otherwise indicated, as follows:
a. Wall Switch Occupancy Sensors: 48 inches (1.2 m) above finished floor.
C. Install lighting control devices in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
D. Unless otherwise indicated, connect lighting control device grounding terminal or
conductor to branch circuit equipment grounding conductor and to outlet box with
bonding jumper.
E. Install lighting control devices plumb and level, and held securely in place.
F. Where applicable, install lighting control devices and associated wall plates to fit
completely flush to mounting surface with no gaps and rough opening completely
covered without strain on wall plate. Repair or reinstall improperly installed outlet
boxes or improperly sized rough openings.
D
BI
G. Occupancy Sensor Locations:
1.
Location Adjustments: Do not make adjustments to locations without obtaining
approval from the Department.
2.
Locate ultrasonic occupancy sensors a minimum of 4 feet (1.2 m) from air supply
ducts or other sources of heavy air flow and as per manufacturer's
recommendations, in order to minimize false triggers.
LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES
16145 - 6
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspect each lighting control device for damage and defects.
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
B. Test occupancy sensors to verify proper operation, including time delays and ambient
light thresholds where applicable. Verify optimal coverage for entire room or area.
Record test results in written report to be included with submittals.
C. Test time switches to verify proper operation.
D. Correct wiring deficiencies and replace damaged or defective lighting control devices.
3.05 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust devices and wall plates to be flush and level.
B. Adjust occupancy sensor settings to minimize undesired activations while optimizing
energy savings, and to achieve desired function as indicated or as directed by
Department.
C. Adjust time switch settings to achieve desired operation schedule as indicated or as
directed by Department. Record settings in written report to be included with submittals.
3.06 CLEANING
A. Clean exposed surfaces to remove dirt, paint, or other foreign material and restore to
match original factory finish.
3.07 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES
A. See Section 01820 - Demonstration and Training, for additional requirements.
B. Demonstration: Demonstrate proper operation of lighting control devices to
Department, and correct deficiencies or make adjustments as directed.
C. Training: Train Department's personnel on operation, adjustment, programming, and
maintenance of lighting control devices.
Use operation and maintenance manual as training reference, supplemented with
additional training materials as required.
2.
Provide minimum of two hours of training.
3.
Instructor: Qualified contractor familiar with the project and with sufficient
knowledge of the installed lighting control devices.
4.
Location: At project site.
BI
1.
D
3.08 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Payment for all work performed under this section shall be made under the lump sum
bid price for the following pay item.
1.
"Electrical Construction"
END OF SECTION LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES
16145 - 7
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
SECTION 16155
EQUIPMENT WIRING
PART 1 GENERAL
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Electrical connections to equipment.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 16131 - Conduit.
B. Section 16123 - Building Wire and Cable.
C. Section 16138 - Boxes.
D. Section 16412 - Enclosed Switches.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. NEMA WD 1 - General Color Requirements for Wiring Devices; National Electrical
Manufacturers Association; 1999 (R 2005).
B. NEMA WD 6 - Wiring Devices - Dimensional Requirements; National Electrical
Manufacturers Association; 2002 (R2008).
C. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association; Most Recent
Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable
Amendments and Supplements.
1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
D
BI
A. Coordination:
1.
Obtain and review shop drawings, product data, manufacturer's wiring diagrams,
and manufacturer's instructions for equipment furnished under other sections.
2.
Electrical Contractor responsible for installing and providing HVAC equipment
safety switches, fused disconnects and electrical power from power source to safety
switches, fused disconnects and HVAC control transformers.
3.
Mechanical Contractor responsible for all HVAC control wiring and HVAC
equipment transformers.
4.
Determine connection locations and requirements.
B. Sequencing:
1.
Install rough-in of electrical connections before installation of equipment is
required.
2.
Make electrical connections before required start-up of equipment.
EQUIPMENT WIRING
16155 - 1
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01340 - Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples for submittal
procedures.
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
B. Product Data: Provide wiring device manufacturer’s catalog information showing
dimensions, configurations, and construction.
C. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of use
stipulated by product testing agency. Include instructions for storage, handling,
protection, examination, preparation, and installation of product.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70.
B. Products: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable for the
purpose specified and indicated.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Cords and Caps: NEMA WD 6; match receptacle configuration at outlet provided for
equipment.
1.
Colors: Conform to NEMA WD 1.
2. Cord Construction: NFPA 70, Type SO, multiconductor flexible cord with
identified equipment grounding conductor, suitable for use in damp locations.
3.
Size: Suitable for connected load of equipment, length of cord, and rating of
branch circuit overcurrent protection.
4.
Products:
a. Disconnect Switches: As specified in Section 16412.
b. Flexible Conduit: As specified in Section 16131.
c. Wire and Cable: As specified in Section 16123.
d. Boxes: As specified in Section 16138.
2.02 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS
BI
A. Electrical Connection: Flexible conduit.
B. Electrical Connection: Cord and plug (NEMA 6-20R).
D
C. Provide field-installed disconnect switches. Refer to Plans.
EQUIPMENT WIRING
16155 - 2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
A. Verify that equipment is ready for electrical connection, wiring, and energization.
3.02 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
A. Make electrical connections in accordance with equipment manufacturer's instructions.
B. Make conduit connections to equipment using flexible conduit. Use liquidtight flexible
conduit with watertight connectors in damp or wet locations.
C. Connect heat producing equipment using wire and cable with insulation suitable for
temperatures encountered.
D. Provide receptacle outlet to accommodate connection with attachment plug.
E. Provide cord and cap where field-supplied attachment plug is required.
F. Install suitable strain-relief clamps and fittings for cord connections at outlet boxes and
equipment connection boxes.
G. Install disconnect switches, controllers, control stations, and control devices to complete
equipment wiring requirements.
H. Install terminal block jumpers to complete equipment wiring requirements.
I.
Install interconnecting conduit and wiring between devices and equipment to complete
equipment wiring requirements.
3.03 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Payment for all work performed under this section shall be made under the lump sum
bid price for the following pay item.
1.
"Electrical Construction"
2. "HVAC Construction"
D
BI
END OF SECTION EQUIPMENT WIRING
16155 - 3
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
SECTION 16411
ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS
PART 1 GENERAL
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Enclosed circuit breakers.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 16070 - Hangers and Supports.
B. Section 16075 - Electrical Identification: Identification products and requirements.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. FS W-C-375 - Circuit Breakers, Molded Case; Branch Circuit and Service; Federal
Specification; Revision D, 2006.
B. NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction; National
Electrical Contractors Association; 2010.
C. NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum); 2008.
D. NETA STD ATS - Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution
Equipment and Systems; International Electrical Testing Association; 2009.
E. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association; Most Recent
Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable
Amendments and Supplements.
F. UL 489 - Molded-Case Circuit Breakers, Molded-Case Switches and Circuit Breaker
Enclosures; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
G. UL 869A - Reference Standard for Service Equipment; Current Edition, Including All
Revisions.
1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
1.
Coordinate work with other trades. Avoid placement of ductwork, piping,
equipment, or other potential obstructions within dedicated equipment spaces and
within working clearances for electrical equipment required by NFPA 70.
BI
2.
Coordinate arrangement of electrical equipment with the dimensions and clearance
requirements of the actual equipment to be installed.
D
A. Coordination:
3.
Verify with manufacturer that conductor terminations are suitable for use with the
conductors to be installed.
4.
Notify Department of any conflicts with or deviations from the contract documents.
Obtain direction before proceeding with work.
ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS
16411 - 1
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01340 - Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples for submittal
procedures.
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for circuit
breakers, enclosures, and other installed components and accessories.
C. Shop Drawings: Indicate outline and support point dimensions, voltage and current
ratings, short circuit current ratings, conduit entry locations, conductor terminal
information, and installed features and accessories.
1.
Include wiring diagrams showing all factory and field connections.
2.
Clearly indicate whether proposed short circuit current ratings are fully rated or,
where acceptable, series rated systems.
D. Field Quality Control Test Reports.
E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations
of use stipulated by product testing agency. Include instructions for storage, handling,
protection, examination, preparation, installation, and starting of product.
F. Project Record Documents: Record actual installed locations of enclosed circuit
breakers.
G. Maintenance Data: Include information on replacement parts and recommended
maintenance procedures and intervals.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70.
B. Maintain at the project site a copy of each referenced document that prescribes
execution requirements.
C. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products
specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience.
1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
BI
A. Store in a clean, dry space. Maintain factory wrapping or provide an additional heavy
canvas or heavy plastic cover to protect units from dirt, water, construction debris, and
traffic.
B. Handle carefully in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions to avoid
damage to enclosed circuit breaker internal components, enclosure, and finish.
D
1.08 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Maintain ambient temperature between 23 degrees F (-5 degrees C) and 104 degrees F
(40 degrees C) during and after installation of enclosed circuit breakers.
ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS
16411 - 2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Siemens Industry, Inc: www.sea.siemens.com.
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
B. Eaton Corporation; Cutler-Hammer Products: www.eaton.com.
C. General Electric Company: www.geindustrial.com.
D. Schneider Electric; Square D Products: www.schneider-electric.us.
E. Or approved equal.
2.02 ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS
A. Description: Units consisting of molded case circuit breakers individually mounted in
enclosures.
B. Provide products listed and labeled by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable for the
purpose indicated.
C. Unless otherwise indicated, provide products suitable for continuous operation under
the following service conditions:
1.
Altitude: Less than 6,600 feet (2,000 m).
2.
Ambient Temperature: Between 23 degrees F (-5 degrees C) and 104 degrees F
(40 degrees C).
D. Short Circuit Current Rating:
1. Provide enclosed circuit breakers with listed short circuit current rating not less
than the available fault current at the installed location indicated on the drawings.
2.
Listed series ratings are acceptable, except where not permitted by motor
contribution according to NFPA 70.
3.
Label equipment utilizing series ratings as required by NFPA 70.
E. Conductor Terminations: Suitable for use with the conductors to be installed.
F. Provide insulated, groundable fully rated solid neutral assembly where a neutral
connection is required, with a suitable lug for terminating each neutral conductor.
D
BI
G. Provide solidly bonded equipment ground bus in each enclosed circuit breaker, with a
suitable lug for terminating each equipment grounding conductor.
H. Enclosures: Comply with NEMA 250, and list and label as complying with UL 50 and
UL 50E.
1.
Environment Type per NEMA 250: Unless otherwise indicated, as specified for the
following installation locations:
a. Indoor Clean, Dry Locations: Type 1.
b. Outdoor Locations: Type 3R.
ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS
16411 - 3
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
2.
Provide surface-mounted enclosures unless otherwise indicated.
I.
Provide externally operable handle with means for locking in the OFF position.
J.
Ground Fault Protection: Where ground-fault protection is indicated, provide system
listed and labeled as complying with UL 1053.
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
1. Where accessory ground fault sensing and relaying equipment is used, equip
companion circuit breakers with ground-fault shunt trips.
a. Provide test panel and field-adjustable ground fault pick-up and delay settings.
b. Provide zone selective interlocking capability where indicated, capable of
communicating with other electronic trip circuit breakers and external ground
fault sensing systems to control ground fault delay functions for system
coordination purposes.
K. Selectivity: Where the requirement for selectivity is indicated, furnish products as
required to achieve selective coordination.
2.03 MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS
A. Description: Quick-make, quick-break, over center toggle, trip-free, trip-indicating
circuit breakers listed and labeled as complying with UL 489, and complying with FS
W-C-375 where applicable; ratings, configurations, and features as indicated on the
drawings.
B. Interrupting Capacity:
1.
Provide circuit breakers with interrupting capacity as required to provide the short
circuit current rating indicated, but not less than:
a. 10,000 rms symmetrical amperes at 240 VAC or 208 VAC.
2.
Fully Rated Systems: Provide circuit breakers with interrupting capacity not less
than the short circuit current rating indicated.
3.
Series Rated Systems: Provide circuit breakers listed in combination with
upstream devices to provide interrupting rating not less than the short circuit
current rating indicated.
D
BI
C. Conductor Terminations:
1.
Provide mechanical lugs.
2.
Provide compression lugs.
3.
Lug Material: Copper, suitable for terminating copper conductors only.
D. Multi-Pole Circuit Breakers: Furnish with common trip for all poles.
E. Provide the following features and accessories where indicated or where required to
complete installation:
1.
Shunt Trip: Provide coil voltage as required for connection to indicated trip
actuator.
ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS
16411 - 4
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that field measurements are as shown on the drawings.
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
B. Verify that the ratings of the enclosed circuit breakers are consistent with the indicated
requirements.
C. Verify that mounting surfaces are ready to receive enclosed circuit breakers.
D. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Install enclosed circuit breakers where indicated, in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions.
B. Install enclosed circuit breakers securely, in a neat and workmanlike manner in
accordance with NECA 1.
C. Arrange equipment to provide minimum clearances in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions and NFPA 70.
D. Provide required supports in accordance with Section 16070.
E. Install enclosed circuit breakers plumb.
F. Except where indicated to be mounted adjacent to the equipment they supply, mount
enclosed circuit breakers such that the highest position of the operating handle does not
exceed 79 inches (2000 mm) above the floor or working platform.
G. Set field-adjustable ground fault protection pickup and time delay settings as indicated.
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspect and test in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and NETA STD ATS,
except Section 4.
B. Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA STD ATS, Section 7.6.1.1. Tests listed as
optional are not required.
C. Test shunt trips to verify proper operation.
D. Correct deficiencies and replace damaged or defective enclosed circuit breakers.
A. Adjust tightness of mechanical and electrical connections to manufacturer's
recommended torque settings.
D
BI
3.04 ADJUSTING
3.05 CLEANING
A. Clean dirt and debris from circuit breaker enclosures and components according to
manufacturer's instructions.
B. Repair scratched or marred exterior surfaces to match original factory finish.
ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS
16411 - 5
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
3.06 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Payment for all work performed under this section shall be made under the lump sum
bid price for the following pay item.
"Electrical construction"
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
1.
D
BI
END OF SECTION ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS
16411 - 6
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
SECTION 16412
ENCLOSED SWITCHES
PART 1 GENERAL
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Enclosed safety switches.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 16060 - Grounding and Bonding.
B. Section 16075 - Electrical Identification: Identification products and requirements.
C. Section 16491 - Fuses.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction; National
Electrical Contractors Association; 2010.
B. NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum); 2008.
C. NEMA KS 1 - Enclosed and Miscellaneous Distribution Equipment Switches (600
Volts Maximum); National Electrical Manufacturers Association; 2001 (R2006).
D. NETA STD ATS - Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution
Equipment and Systems; International Electrical Testing Association; 2009.
E. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association; Most Recent
Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable
Amendments and Supplements.
F. UL 50 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment, Non-Environmental Considerations;
Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
G. UL 50E - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment, Environmental Considerations; Current
Edition, Including All Revisions.
H. UL 98 - Enclosed and Dead-Front Switches; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
I.
UL 869A - Reference Standard for Service Equipment; Current Edition, Including All
Revisions.
D
BI
1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Coordination:
1.
Coordinate the work with other trades. Avoid placement of ductwork, piping,
equipment, or other potential obstructions within the dedicated equipment spaces
and within working clearances for electrical equipment required by NFPA 70.
2.
Coordinate arrangement of electrical equipment with the dimensions and clearance
requirements of the actual equipment to be installed.
ENCLOSED SWITCHES
16412 - 1
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
Verify with manufacturer that conductor terminations are suitable for use with the
conductors to be installed.
4.
Notify Department of any conflicts with or deviations from the contract documents.
Obtain direction before proceeding with work.
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
3.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01340 – Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples for submittal
procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for
enclosed switches and other installed components and accessories.
C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations
of use stipulated by product testing agency. Include instructions for storage, handling,
protection, examination, preparation, installation, and starting of product.
D. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of enclosed switches.
E. Maintenance Data: Include information on replacement parts and recommended
maintenance procedures and intervals.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70.
B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products
specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience.
1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Store in a clean, dry space. Maintain factory wrapping or provide an additional heavy
canvas or heavy plastic cover to protect units from dirt, water, construction debris, and
traffic.
B. Handle carefully in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions to avoid
damage to enclosed switch internal components, enclosure, and finish.
1.08 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Maintain ambient temperature between -22 degrees F (-30 degrees C) and 104 degrees F
(40 degrees C) during and after installation of enclosed switches.
BI
PART 2 PRODUCTS
D
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Siemens Industry, Inc: www.sea.siemens.com.
B. Eaton Corporation; Cutler-Hammer Products: www.eaton.com.
C. General Electric Company: www.geindustrial.com.
D. Schneider Electric; Square D Products: www.schneider-electric.us.
ENCLOSED SWITCHES
16412 - 2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
E. Aaon:
F. Greenheck:
G. Or approved equal.
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
2.02 ENCLOSED SAFETY SWITCHES
A. Description: Quick-make, quick-break, enclosed safety switches complying with
NEMA KS 1, type HD (heavy duty) or GD (general duty) as indicated, and listed and
labeled as complying with UL 98; ratings, configurations, and features as indicated on
the drawings.
B. Provide products listed and labeled by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable for the
purpose specified and indicated.
C. Unless otherwise indicated, provide products suitable for continuous operation under
the following service conditions:
1.
Altitude: Less than 6,600 feet (2,000 m).
2.
Ambient Temperature: Between -22 degrees F (-30 degrees C) and 104 degrees F
(40 degrees C).
D. Horsepower Rating: Suitable for connected load.
E. Voltage Rating: Suitable for circuit voltage.
F. Short Circuit Current Rating:
1.
Provide enclosed safety switches, when protected by the fuses or supply side
overcurrent protective devices to be installed, with listed short circuit current rating
not less than the available fault current at the installed location as determined by
short circuit study performed in accordance with Section 16051.
2.
Minimum Ratings:
a. Switches Protected by Class H Fuses: 10,000 rms symmetrical amperes.
b. Heavy Duty Single Throw Switches Protected by Class R, Class J, Class L, or
Class T Fuses: 200,000 rms symmetrical amperes.
c. Double Throw Switches Protected by Class R, Class J, or Class T Fuses:
100,000 rms symmetrical amperes.
H. Provide with switch blade contact position that is visible when the cover is open.
I.
D
BI
G. Enclosed Safety Switches Used for Service Entrance: Listed and labeled as suitable for
use as service equipment according to UL 869A.
Fuse Clips for Fusible Switches: As required to accept fuses indicated.
1.
J.
Where NEMA Class R fuses are installed, provide rejection feature to prevent
installation of fuses other than Class R.
Conductor Terminations: Suitable for use with the conductors to be installed.
K. Provide insulated, groundable fully rated solid neutral assembly where a neutral
connection is required, with a suitable lug for terminating each neutral conductor.
ENCLOSED SWITCHES
16412 - 3
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
L. Provide solidly bonded equipment ground bus in each enclosed safety switch, with a
suitable lug for terminating each equipment grounding conductor.
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
M. Enclosures: Comply with NEMA KS 1 and NEMA 250, and list and label as
complying with UL 50 and UL 50E.
1.
Environment Type per NEMA 250: Unless otherwise indicated, as specified for the
following installation locations:
a. Indoor Clean, Dry Locations: Type 1.
b. Outdoor Locations: Type 3R.
2.
Finish for Painted Steel Enclosures: Manufacturer's standard, factory applied grey
unless otherwise indicated.
N. Provide safety interlock to prevent opening the cover with the switch in the ON position
with capability of overriding interlock for testing purposes.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that field measurements are as shown on the drawings.
B. Verify that the ratings of the enclosed switches are consistent with the indicated
requirements.
C. Verify that mounting surfaces are ready to receive enclosed safety switches.
D. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Install enclosed switches in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Install enclosed switches securely, in a neat and workmanlike manner in accordance
with NECA 1.
C. Arrange equipment to provide minimum clearances in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions and NFPA 70.
D. Provide required supports in accordance with Section 16070.
D
BI
E. Install enclosed switches plumb.
F. Except where indicated to be mounted adjacent to the equipment they supply, mount
enclosed switches such that the highest position of the operating handle does not exceed
79 inches (2000 mm) above the floor or working platform.
G. Provide grounding and bonding in accordance with Section 16060.
H. Provide fuses complying with Section 16491 for fusible switches as indicated or as
required by equipment manufacturer's recommendations.
I.
Where accessories are not self-powered, provide control power source as indicated or as
required to complete installation.
ENCLOSED SWITCHES
16412 - 4
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
J.
Identify enclosed switches in accordance with Section 16075.
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Perform field inspection, testing, and adjusting in accordance with Section 01400.
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
B. Inspect and test in accordance with NETA STD ATS, except Section 4.
C. Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA STD ATS, Section 7.5.1.1.
D. Correct deficiencies and replace damaged or defective enclosed safety switches or
associated components.
3.04 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust tightness of mechanical and electrical connections to manufacturer's
recommended torque settings.
3.05 CLEANING
A. Clean dirt and debris from switch enclosures and components according to
manufacturer's instructions.
B. Repair scratched or marred exterior surfaces to match original factory finish.
3.06 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Payment for all work performed under this section shall be made under the lump sum
bid price for the following pay item.
1.
"Electrical Construction"
D
BI
END OF SECTION ENCLOSED SWITCHES
16412 - 5
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
SECTION 16443
PANELBOARDS
PART 1 GENERAL
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Power distribution panelboards.
B. Overcurrent protective devices for panelboards.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 16070 - Hangers and Supports.
B. Section 16075 - Electrical Identification: Identification products and requirements.
C. Section 16491 - Fuses: Fuses for fusible switches and spare fuse cabinets.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. FS W-C-375 - Circuit Breakers, Molded Case; Branch Circuit and Service; Federal
Specification; Revision D, 2006.
B. NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction; National
Electrical Contractors Association; 2010.
C. NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum); 2008.
D. NEMA PB 1 - Panelboards; National Electrical Manufacturers Association; 2006.
E. NETA STD ATS - Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution
Equipment and Systems; International Electrical Testing Association; 2009.
F. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association; Most Recent
Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable
Amendments and Supplements.
G. UL 50 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment, Non-Environmental Considerations;
Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
BI
H. UL 50E - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment, Environmental Considerations; Current
Edition, Including All Revisions.
I.
UL 67 - Panelboards; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
J.
UL 489 - Molded-Case Circuit Breakers, Molded-Case Switches and Circuit Breaker
Enclosures; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
D
1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Coordination:
1.
Coordinate the work with other trades to avoid placement of ductwork, piping,
equipment, or other potential obstructions within the dedicated equipment spaces
and working clearances for electrical equipment required by NFPA 70.
PANELBOARDS
16443 - 1
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
Coordinate arrangement of electrical equipment with the dimensions and clearance
requirements of the actual equipment to be installed.
3.
Verify with manufacturer that conductor terminations are suitable for use with the
conductors to be installed.
4.
Notify Department of any conflicts with or deviations from the contract documents.
Obtain direction before proceeding with work.
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
2.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01340 - Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples for submittal
procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for
panelboards, enclosures, overcurrent protective devices, and other installed components
and accessories.
C. Shop Drawings: Indicate outline and support point dimensions, voltage, main bus
ampacity, overcurrent protective device arrangement and sizes, short circuit current
ratings, conduit entry locations, conductor terminal information, and installed features
and accessories.
1.
Include wiring diagrams showing all factory and field connections.
2.
Clearly indicate whether proposed short circuit current ratings are fully rated or,
where acceptable, series rated systems.
D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations
of use stipulated by product testing agency. Include instructions for storage, handling,
protection, examination, preparation, and installation of product.
E. Maintenance Materials:
project.
Furnish the following for Department's use in maintenance of
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Siemens Industry, Inc: www.sea.siemens.com.
D
BI
B. Eaton Corporation; Cutler-Hammer Products: www.eaton.com.
C. General Electric Company: www.geindustrial.com.
D. Square D.
E. Or approved equal.
2.02 ALL PANELBOARDS
A. Provide products listed and labeled by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable for the
purpose indicated.
PANELBOARDS
16443 - 2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
B. Unless otherwise indicated, provide products suitable for continuous operation under
the following service conditions:
Altitude: Less than 6,600 feet (2,000 m).
2.
Ambient Temperature:
a. Panelboards Containing Circuit Breakers: Between 23 degrees F (-5 degrees
C) and 104 degrees F (40 degrees C).
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
1.
C. Short Circuit Current Rating: 22,000rms
D. Mains: Configure for top or bottom incoming feed as indicated or as required for the
installation.
E. Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices: Replaceable without disturbing adjacent
devices.
F. Bussing: Sized in accordance with UL 67 temperature rise requirements.
1.
Provide solidly bonded equipment ground bus in each panelboard, with a suitable
lug for each feeder and branch circuit equipment grounding conductor.
G. Conductor Terminations: Suitable for use with the conductors to be installed.
BI
H. Enclosures: Comply with NEMA 250, and list and label as complying with UL 50 and
UL 50E.
1.
Environment Type per NEMA 250: Unless otherwise indicated, as specified for the
following installation locations:
a. Indoor Clean, Dry Locations: Type 1.
b. Outdoor Locations: Type 3R.
2.
Boxes: Galvanized steel unless otherwise indicated.
a. Provide wiring gutters sized to accommodate the conductors to be installed.
3.
Fronts:
a. Fronts for Surface-Mounted Enclosures: Same dimensions as boxes.
4.
Lockable Doors: All locks keyed alike unless otherwise indicated.
I.
Future Provisions: Prepare all unused spaces for future installation of devices
including bussing, connectors, mounting hardware and all other required provisions.
J.
Surge Protective Devices: Where factory-installed, internally mounted surge protective
devices are provided in accordance with Section 16289, list and label panelboards as a
complete assembly including surge protective device.
D
2.03 POWER DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS
A. Description: Panelboards complying with NEMA PB 1, power and feeder distribution
type, circuit breaker type, and listed and labeled as complying with UL 67; ratings,
configurations and features as indicated on the drawings.
B. Products:
1.
Siemens.
PANELBOARDS
16443 - 3
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
2.
Square D.
3.
General Electric.
4. Or approved equal.
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
C. Conductor Terminations:
1.
Main and Neutral Lug Material: Aluminum, suitable for terminating aluminum or
copper conductors.
2.
Main and Neutral Lug Type: Mechanical.
D. Bussing:
1.
Phase and Neutral Bus Material: Aluminum.
2.
Ground Bus Material: Aluminum.
E. Circuit Breakers:
1. Provide bolt-on type or plug-in type secured with locking mechanical restraints.
F. Enclosures:
1.
Provide surface-mounted enclosures unless otherwise indicated.
2.04 OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES
D
BI
A. Molded Case Circuit Breakers:
1.
Description: Quick-make, quick-break, over center toggle, trip-free,
trip-indicating circuit breakers listed and labeled as complying with UL 489, and
complying with FS W-C-375 where applicable; ratings, configurations, and
features as indicated on the drawings.
2.
Interrupting Capacity:
a. Provide circuit breakers with interrupting capacity as required to provide the
short circuit current rating indicated, but not less than:
1) 10,000 rms symmetrical amperes at 240 VAC or 208 VAC.
b. Fully Rated Systems: Provide circuit breakers with interrupting capacity not
less than the short circuit current rating indicated.
3.
Conductor Terminations:
a. Provide mechanical lugs.
b. Lug Material: Aluminum, suitable for terminating aluminum or copper
conductors.
4.
Multi-Pole Circuit Breakers: Furnish with common trip for all poles.
5.
Do not use handle ties in lieu of multi-pole circuit breakers.
6.
Provide multi-pole circuit breakers for multi-wire branch circuits as required by
NFPA 70.
PANELBOARDS
16443 - 4
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that field measurements are as shown on the drawings.
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
B. Verify that the ratings and configurations of the panelboards and associated components
are consistent with the indicated requirements.
C. Verify that mounting surfaces are ready to receive panelboards.
D. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Install panelboards securely, in a neat and workmanlike manner in accordance with
NECA 1 (general workmanship).
C. Arrange equipment to provide minimum clearances in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions and NFPA 70.
D. Provide required supports in accordance with Section 16070.
E. Install panelboards plumb.
F. Mount panelboards such that the highest position of any operating handle for circuit
breakers or switches does not exceed 79 inches (2000 mm) above the floor or working
platform.
G. Install all field-installed branch devices, components, and accessories.
H. Provide filler plates to cover unused spaces in panelboards.
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Perform inspection, testing, and adjusting in accordance with Section 01400.
B. Inspect and test in accordance with NETA STD ATS, except Section 4.
C. Molded Case Circuit Breakers: Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA STD
ATS, Section 7.6.1.1. Tests listed as optional are required.
D. Correct deficiencies and replace damaged or defective panelboards or associated
components.
D
BI
3.04 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust tightness of mechanical and electrical connections to manufacturer's
recommended torque settings.
B. Adjust alignment of panelboard fronts.
C. Load Balancing: For each panelboard, rearrange circuits such that the difference
between each measured steady state phase load does not exceed 20 percent and adjust
circuit directories accordingly. Maintain proper phasing for multi-wire branch circuits.
PANELBOARDS
16443 - 5
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
3.05 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Payment for all work performed under this section shall be made under the lump sum
bid price for the following pay item.
"Electrical Construction"
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
1.
D
BI
END OF SECTION PANELBOARDS
16443 - 6
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
SECTION 16491
FUSES
PART 1 GENERAL
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Fuses.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 16075 - Electrical Identification: Identification products and requirements.
B. Section 16412 - Enclosed Switches: Fusible switches.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. NEMA FU 1 - Low Voltage Cartridge Fuses; National Electrical Manufacturers
Association; 2002 (R2007).
B. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association; Most Recent
Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable
Amendments and Supplements.
C. UL 248-1 - Low-Voltage Fuses - Part 1: General Requirements; Current Edition,
Including All Revisions.
D. UL 248-4 - Low-Voltage Fuses - Part 4: Class CC Fuses; Current Edition, Including All
Revisions.
E. UL 248-12 - Low-Voltage Fuses - Part 12: Class R Fuses; Current Edition, Including
All Revisions.
F. UL 248-15 - Low-Voltage Fuses - Part 15: Class T Fuses; Current Edition, Including
All Revisions.
1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
D
BI
A. Coordination:
1.
Coordinate fuse clips furnished in equipment provided under other sections for
compatibility with indicated fuses.
a. Fusible Enclosed Switches: See Section 16412.
2.
Coordinate fuse requirements according to manufacturer's recommendations and
nameplate data for actual equipment to be installed.
3.
Notify Department of any conflicts with or deviations from the contract documents.
Obtain direction before proceeding with work.
FUSES
16491 - 1
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01340-Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples for submittal procedures.
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard data sheets including voltage and
current ratings, interrupting ratings, time-current curves, and current limitation curves.
1.
Fuses.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70.
B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products
specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Cooper Bussmann, a division of Cooper Industries: www.cooperindustries.com.
B. Mersen (formerly Ferraz Shawmut): ferrazshawmut.mersen.com.
C. Littelfuse, Inc: www.littelfuse.com.
D. Or approved equal.
2.02 APPLICATIONS
A. Feeders:
1.
Fusible Switches up to 600 Amperes: Class RK1, time-delay.
B. General Purpose Branch Circuits: Class RK1, time-delay.
C. Individual Motor Branch Circuits: Class RK1, time-delay.
D. In-Line Protection for Pole-Mounted Luminaires: Class CC, time-delay.
E. Primary Protection for Control Transformers: Class CC, time-delay.
2.03 FUSES
D
BI
A. Provide products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable for
the purpose indicated.
B. Unless specifically indicated to be excluded, provide fuses for all fusible equipment as
required for a complete operating system.
C. Provide fuses of the same type, rating, and manufacturer within the same switch.
D. Comply with UL 248-1.
E. Unless otherwise indicated, provide cartridge type fuses complying with NEMA FU 1,
Class and ratings as indicated.
F. Voltage Rating: Suitable for circuit voltage.
FUSES
16491 - 2
Contract No. FDC-013-100445.4
G. Class R Fuses: Comply with UL 248-12.
H. Class CC Fuses: Comply with UL 248-4.
2.04 SPARE FUSE CABINET
O D D FO
C O R
U C
M U IN
EN M F
TS EN OR
PR TS MA
AN IN MU TIO
D TE ST NA
W D
IL FR BE L P
L
U
O
O
BE M B RP
R W TAI OS
EJ E N E
EC BS ED S
TE ITE FR ON
D A O LY
R M
E D
IN C
VA NR
LI
D
A. Description: Wall-mounted sheet metal cabinet with shelves and hinged door with
cylinder lock, suitably sized to store spare fuses and fuse pullers specified.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Do not install fuses until circuits are ready to be energized.
B. Install fuses with label oriented such that manufacturer, type, and size are easily read.
C. Install spare fuse cabinet where indicated.
3.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Payment for all work performed under this section shall be made under the lump sum
bid price for the following pay item.
1.
"Electrical Construction"
D
BI
END OF SECTION FUSES
16491 - 3